603 81 581 MUSA LUM 001-006 1ed GB - Fiat-Lancia Club ...Thanks to this approach, LANCIA Musa has passed very stringent safety tests. It is top in its class and is probably ahead of

Dear Customer,

Congratulations on your choice of a LANCIA.We have written this handbook to help you get to know all the features of your car and use it in the best possible way.You should read it right through before taking to the road for the first time.

You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive themaximum from the technological features of your LANCIA. You will discover its features and details, along withessential information, advice and warnings for correct use, driving safety and maintenance of your LANCIA.

Read the warnings and indications, marked with the following symbols:

personal safety;

car safety;

environmental protection.

The attached Warranty Booklet lists the services that LANCIA offers to customers:

– the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity

–the range of additional services available to LANCIA Customers.

We are sure that these will help you harmonise with your new car and further appreciate it and the care provided bythe people at LANCIA.

Enjoy the read. Happy motoring!

This Owner Handbook describes all the versions of the LANCIA Musa. As a consequence, you should only consider the information which is related to the engine

and bodywork version of the car you have purchased.

SAFETY AND PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENTSafety and respect for the environment have been the guidelines which have inspired LANCIA Musa design from thevery start.

Thanks to this approach, LANCIA Musa has passed very stringent safety tests.

It is top in its class and is probably ahead of future models.

Furthermore, the continuous search for new, effective solutions for better environmental protection makes LANCIAMusa a model to be imitated also from this point of view.

All versions are equipped with environmental protection devices which abate harmful exhaust gas emissions wellbeyond the limits established by the laws in force.

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The design and production methods of the LANCIA Musa have been developed with concern to the traditionalperformance and safety aspects, taking into account the increasingly more urgent issues related to environmentalprotection and conservation.

The chosen materials, techniques and devices are the result of a work which allows to drastically limit harmful effectson the environmental and comply with the strictest international standards.

USE OF ENVIRONMENTAL-FRIENDLY MATERIALS

All components of the LANCIA Musa are asbestos-free. Padding and the climate control system are free from CFC(chlorofluorocarbon), the gases deemed responsible for the destruction of the ozone layer. Paint and bolt corrosionprotections are cadmium-free and safe for the air and water.

EMISSION REDUCTION DEVICES (petrol engines)

Three-way catalytic converter

The exhaust system is equipped with a catalyser made of noble metal alloys. It is accommodated in a stainless steelcontainer which can withstand high operating temperatures.

The catalyser converts unburnt hydrocarbons, carbon oxide and nitrogen oxides contained in exhaust gases (theharmful gas content in exhaust is also limited by the electronic injection and ignition system), turning them into non-polluting compounds.

Due to the high temperature reached during operation of the catalytic converter, it is advisable not to park the car overflammable materials (paper, oil, dry grass, dry leaves, etc.).

Lambda sensors

The lambda sensors detect the oxygen content in exhaust gases. The signal transmitted by the lambda sensors is usedby the injection and ignition system electronic control unit to adjust the air-fuel mixture.

Anti-evaporation system

It is impossible to prevent the formation of petrol vapours, even when the engine is off. For this reason, a system hasbeen developed with traps the vapours in a special activate carbon canister.

The vapours are sucked in and burnt in the engine during operation.

EMISSION REDUCTION DEVICES (Multijet engines)

Oxidising catalytic converter

The device converts the polluting substances contained in exhaust gases (carbon oxide, unburnt hydrocarbons andparticulate) into harmless substances, reducing the smokiness and the typical smell of diesel engines.

The catalytic converter consists of a stainless steel metallic casing which contains a wasp nest ceramic body on whichthe noble metal used for the catalysing action is applied.

Exhaust gas recirculation system (E.G.R.)

This device recirculates (i.e. reuses) part of the exhaust gases. The percentages depends on the conditions of use of theengine.

It is used to control nitrogen oxide emissions, when needed.

VERY IMPORTANT

REFUELLING

Petrol engines: refuel with unleaded petrol with an octane rating (RON) of 95 or higher only.

Multijet engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590.

The use of other products or mixtures may damage the engine beyond repair and consequently cause lapseof warranty in relation to the damage caused.

STARTING THE ENGINE

Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depressthe clutch without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as theengine has started.

Multijet engines: Turn the ignition key to MARand wait for the warning lights Y e m to go out; turnthe ignition key AVVand release it as soon as the engine starts.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

The catalytic converter develops high temperature during operation. Do not park on grass, dry leaves,pine needles or other flammable material: fire risk.

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated withemissions to ensure better respect for the environment.

�

K

ELECTRIC ACCESSORIES

If, after buying the car, you decide to add electric accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a Lancia Dealership. They can calculate the overall electric requirement and check that the car’selectric system can support the required load. �

CODE card

Keep the card in a safe place, non in the car. Have the electronic code printed on the CODE card with youat all times. You will need it to start the engine in an emergency.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards itssafety features, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.

THE OWNER’S HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

... important information, advise and warnings for correct use, driving safety and maintenance of your carin time. Pay special attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) â (carintegrity).

Refer to the “Warning lights and messages” chapter in this handbook if the message “see Handbook”appears on the display.

7

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

DASHBOARD........................................................ 8INSTRUMENT PANEL.......................................... 10SYMBOLS ............................................................. 11THE LANCIA CODE SYSTEM.............................. 11KEY KIT AND DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM .......... 13IGNITION SWITCH ............................................. 20INSTRUMENTS ................................................... 21MULTIFUNCTIONAL DISPLAY (ON TWO-LINE MODAL PANEL)........................ 22MULTIFUNCTIONAL DISPLAY (ON THREE-LINE COMFORT PANEL) ............... 25ADJUSTING THE SEATS ..................................... 38HEAD RESTRAINTS ........................................... 44ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL ............... 45REAR VIEW MIRRORS ........................................ 46CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 47MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ........... 48AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM................................................................ 52EXTERNAL LIGHTS ........................................... 62CLEANING THE WINDOWS ............................... 64CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 67CEILING LIGHTS ................................................ 69LIGHT CONTROL BUTTONS .............................. 71

FUEL CUT OFF SWITCH..................................... 72

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT ..................................... 73

SMOKER’S KIT..................................................... 75

SUN VISORS ........................................................ 76

SUNROOF ............................................................ 76

WINDOW WINDERS ............................................ 78

BOOT ................................................................... 80

BONNET .............................................................. 82

ROOF RAILS ........................................................ 83

HEADLIGHTS ..................................................... 84

ABS SYSTEM ....................................................... 85

EOBD SYSTEM .................................................... 86

GSI SYSTEM......................................................... 87

SOUND SYSTEM ................................................. 87

ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER . 88

“DUAL DRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERINGSYSTEM ............................................................... 89

PARK SENSOR ..................................................... 90

REFUELLING ...................................................... 92

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ................. 94

DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS

8

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

L0D0374m

1. Side air vents - 2. Left stalk- 3. Left upper box - 4. Right stalk - 5. Central air vents - 6. Instrument panel - 7. Right up-per box - 8. Oddment compartment 9 Passenger airbag - 10. HVAC controls - 11. Control buttons 12 Sound system (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) - 13. Ignition switch - 14. Driver airbag - 15. Cruise control (for versions/markets, whereprovided).

DASHBOARDThe presence and position of the controls, instruments and gauges may vary depending on the version. There are several solutions for the central upper and lower console according to the chosen customisations: see the followingfigures.

fig. 1

9

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Upper central console:❒ with fixed oddment compartment

A-fig. 2 and extractable compo-nent (DIN) B-fig. 2 for installingthe sound system;

❒ with sound system fig. 3.❒ with Connect Nav+ fig. 4.

Lower central console:❒ with manual climate control system

B-fig. 5;❒ with two-zone automatic climate

control system C-fig. 6.

fig. 2 L0D0231m

fig. 3 L0D0232m

fig. 4 L0D0359m

fig. 5 L0D0234m

fig. 6 L0D0235m

10

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

L0D0372m

L0D0010m

fig. 7

fig. 8

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Modal fig. 7A – Speedometer

B – Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light

C – Engine coolant temperature gauge and hotengine coolant warning light

D – Rev counter

E – Multifunctional display

cm Warning lights for Multijet versions only

Comfort fig. 8A – Speedometer

B – Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light

C – Engine coolant temperature gauge and hotengine coolant warning light

D – Rev counter

E – Reconfigurable multifunctional display

cm Warning lights for Multijet versions only

11

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSSYMBOLS

Special coloured labels have been at-tached near or actually on some of thecomponents of your car. These labelsbear symbols that remind you of theprecautions to be taken as regardsthat particular component.

The plate summarising the symbolsused can be found under the bonnetfig. 9.

THE LANCIA CODESYSTEMThis is an electrical engine lockingsystem which increases protectionfrom attempted theft of the car. It isautomatically activated when the ig-nition key is extracted.

Each key contains an electronic de-vice which modulates the signal emit-ted during ignition by an antenna in-corporated in the ignition device. Thissignal is the ‘password’ which changesat each ignition and which the controlunit uses to recognise the key and al-low ignition.

fig. 9 L0D0375m

12

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSWarning light Y coming onwhen driving❒ If the warning light Y turns on,

this means that the system is run-ning a self-test (for example for avoltage drop).

❒ If the fault persists, contact a Lan-cia Dealership.

OPERATIONEach time the car is started turningthe ignition key to MAR, the LanciaCODE system control unit sends arecognition code to the engine controlunit to activate the functions. Thecode is sent only if the Lancia CODEsystem control unit has recognised thecode transmitted from the key. Eachtime the ignition key is turned toSTOP, the Lancia CODE system de-activates the functions of the engineelectronic control unit.

If the code has not been recognisedcorrectly, the warning light Y turnson on the display.

The electronic componentsinside the key may be dam-aged if the key is submittedto sharp knocks.

In this case, turn the key to STOPand then back to MAR; try with theother keys provided if the problempersists. Contact a Lancia Dealershipif you still cannot start the engine.

IMPORTANT Each key has its owncode which must be stored by the sys-tem electronic control unit. Contact aFiat Dealership to have new keys (upto eight) stored.

13

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSKEY KIT AND

DOOR LOCKINGSYSTEM

CODE CARD Fig. 10(for versions/markets, whereprovided)

The car is delivered the keys and aCODE card which bears the followinginformation:

❒ the mechanical key code B to begiven to the Lancia Dealershipwhen ordering duplicate keys.

IMPORTANT In order to ensure per-fect efficiency of the electronic devicescontained inside the keys, they shouldnever be exposed to direct sunlight.

MAIN KEY WITH REMOTECONTROL fig. 11The metal insert of the key A retractsinto the grip.The key operates:❒ the ignition switch;❒ the door lock on drive side;❒ operation of the emergency front

and rear door lock release systemD-fig. 12 from the outside for usethe electric system is not working(e.g. flat battery);

fig. 10 L0D0376m

All the keys and the CODEcard must be handed overto the new owner when sell-ing the car.

fig. 11b (for versions/markets,where provided)

L0D0491m

❒ operation of the child lock E-fig.12 on rear doors.

Press button B-fig. 11 to open themetallic part A.

fig. 12 L0D0246mfig. 11a L0D0377m

14

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSBy using the “Setup Menu” of themultifunctional display (see the spe-cific paragraph in the “Dashboardand controls” chapter), the systemcan be set so that only the driver’sdoor is unlocked when button Ë ispressed.

IMPORTANT Powerful radio trans-missions not related to the car (e.g.mobile phones, amateur radios, etc.)may interfere with the frequency ofthe remote control. Remote controloperation may be impaired.

Unlocking the doors and thetailgatePress button Á briefly: this will releasethe doors, the tailgate, the fuel flap;the internal ceiling light will come onand the direction indicators will blinktwice.

Unlocking the doors and thetailgate

Press button Ë briefly: this will releasethe doors, the tailgate, the fuel flap;the internal ceiling light will come onand the direction indicators will blinktwice.

The doors are automatically unlockedwhen the fuel inertia switch trips.

To insert the metallic part A back inthe grip:

❒ hold button B pressed

❒ move the metallic part A

❒ release button B and then turn themetal insert A until it clicks.

Button Ë is used to open the doors,tailgate and fuel flap (where pro-vided).

Button Á is used to lock the doors,tailgate and fuel flap (where pro-vided).

Button R is used for remote open-ing the tailgate.

Only press button B withthe key away from your

body, specifically from your eyesand from objects which could getdamaged (e.g. your clothes). Do notleave the key unattended, becausesomeone, a child especially, mayaccidentally press the button whilehandling the key.

WARNING

15

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Deterrent LED indications

When locking the doors, the deterrentLED on the button A-fig. 13 lightsup for about 3 seconds and than startsflashing (deterrence function). Oncedoors are locked, if one or more doorsor the tailgate are not closed correctly,the led and direction indicators startflashing quickly.

IMPORTANT Strong radio transmis-sion outside the vehicle (e.g. mobilephones, amateur radios, etc.) may in-terfere with the frequency of the re-mote control. Remote control opera-tion may be impaired.

Door locking from the inside

With the doors closed, press button A-fig. 13 on the central dashboard tolock or unlock the doors.

IMPORTANT If the door is not cor-rectly closed or if a fault is present inthe system, the door locking devicefrom inside the car will not work.

The device will resume normal oper-ation after removing the cause of thefault.

Opening the tailgate with theremote controlHold button R pressed to unlock(open) the tailgate. The opening ofthe tailgate is signalled by the direc-tion indicators flashing twice; when itis closed there is one flash.

IMPORTANT Strong radio transmis-sion outside the vehicle (e.g. mobilephones, amateur radios, etc.) may in-terfere with the frequency of the re-mote control. Remote control opera-tion may be impaired.

fig. 13 L0D0417m

Only the doors used to getout of the car will be un-locked if the door lock but-ton inside the car is pressed

by mistake. The tailgate will remainlocked. Press the lock/unlock but-tons to realign the system.

16

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

Request for additional remotecontrols

The system may recognise up to 8 re-mote controls. Should a new remotecontrol be necessary, contact a LanciaDealership, taking with you theCODE card, a personal identity doc-ument and the car’s ownership docu-ments.

MECHANICAL KEY (SPARE) fig, 15

The metal insert of the key E-fig. 15is fixed.

The key operates:

❒ the ignition switch;

❒ the door lock on drive side;

❒ operation of the door safety devicein case of electric system failure(e.g. flat battery);

❒ operation of the child lock on reardoors.

Replacing the remote controlbattery Fig. 14

To replace the battery, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ press button A and open the metalinsert B;

❒ turn the screw C to using a fine bitscrewdriver;

❒ take out the battery case D and re-place the battery E respecting itspolarity;

❒ refit the battery case D inside thekey and lock it by turning thescrew C.

fig. 14b (for versions/markets, whereprovided)

L0D0492m

Used batteries are harmfulto the environment. Theyshould be disposed of asspecified by law in the spe-

cial containers provided, or takethem to the Lancia Dealership,which will deal with their disposal.

fig. 14a L0D0379m

17

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Changing the remote controlcover fig. 16(for versions/markets, where provided)

Proceed as shown in the figure to re-place the remove control cover.

fig. 15 L0D0380m

fig. 16 L0D0380mOnly press button B withthe key away from your

body, specifically from your eyesand from objects which could getdamaged (e.g. your clothes). Do notleave the key unattended, becausesomeone, a child especially, mayaccidentally press the button whilehandling the key.

WARNING

18

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

Type of key

Spare mechanicalkey

Main key with remote control

Direction indicators flash (for key with remote control only)

Deterrence led

Press button Ë to open the fuel flap.

The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:

Locking the doors from the outside

Turn key clockwise(driver’s side)

Turn key clockwise(driver’s side)

Press briefly button Á

blinks once

Steady for approximately 3 seconds and then deterrent blinking

Unlocking thetailgate

Hold pressed button R(for longer than two seconds)

2 blinks

Deterrence led

Unlocking the doors

Turn key anticlockwise(driver’s side)

Turn key anticlockwise(driver’s side)

Press briefly button Ë

2 blinks

Turning off

19

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

CHILD LOCK fig. 17

To prevent opening the rear doorsfrom the inside.

This device can be engaged only withrear doors open.

❒ position 1 - device on (doorlocked);

❒ position 2 - device off (door can beopened from the passenger’s com-partment).

The device A stays on even if thedoors are unlocked by the centralisedsystem.

IMPORTANT Always use this devicewhen transporting children.

IMPORTANT After engaging thechild lock on both rear doors, checkfor proper engagement by trying toopen a rear door with the internalhandle.

To reopen the doors:

❒ insert the key in the lock on dri-ver’s side and turn it anticlockwise

❒ open the driver’s door

❒ operate the door levers from theinside of the vehicle for the re-maining doors.

fig. 17 L0D0101m

Operation of the child lockA-fig. 19 is only guaran-

teed if the lock is turned and snapsinto horizontal position 1.

WARNING

Release of the child lockA-fig. 17 is only guaran-

teed if the lock is turned and snapsinto the vertical position 2.

WARNING

EMERGENCY DOORUNLOCKING DEVICE fig. 18

The doors are provided with a devicefor locking all the door using the lockin case of a power fault.

Proceed as follows to lock the doors:

❒ insert the ignition key in lock B

❒ turn the device to position 1 andclose the door.

fig. 18 L0D0247

Do not operate the childlock and the door handle

at the same time.

WARNING

20

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS IGNITION SWITCHThe key can be turned to 3 differentpositions:

❒ STOP: engine off, key extractable,steering locked. Some electric de-vices (e.g. sound system, centraldoor locking system, etc.) maywork.

❒ MAR: driving position. All electricdevices may work.

❒ AVV: engine starting (unstable po-sition).

The ignition switch is fitted with asafety system that, in the event the en-gine is not started, turns back the ig-nition key to STOP before repeatingthe starting operation.

Under no circumstancesshould aftermarket opera-

tions involving steering system orsteering column modifications (e.g.:installation of alarm) be carriedout that could badly affect perfor-mance and safety. This also causesthe warranty to become null andvoid and results in vehicle non-compliance with type-approval re-quirements.

WARNING

fig. 19 L0D0021m

If the ignition device istampered with (e.g.: at-

tempted theft), have it checked overby a Lancia Dealership as soon aspossible.

WARNING

Always remove the keywhen you leave your car to

prevent someone from accidentallyoperating the controls. Rememberto apply the handbrake. Engagefirst gear if the car is parked up-hill or reverse if the car is parkeddownhill. Never leave children un-attended in the car.

WARNING

STEERING LOCK

Engagement

When the key is in position STOP, re-move the key and turn the steeringwheel until it is locked.

Switching off

Rock the steering wheel slightly as youturn the ignition key to MAR.

Never extract the key whilethe vehicle is moving. The

steering wheel would be locked assoon as the steering wheel is turned.This also applies to when the car istowed.

WARNING

21

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSINSTRUMENTS

SPEEDOMETER Fig. 20

This indicates the vehicle speed.

REV COUNTER Fig. 21

This indicates the engine revolutionper minute.

IMPORTANT The electronic injectioncontrol system gradually shuts off theflow of fuel when the engine is ‘over-revving’ resulting in a gradual loss ofengine power.

When the engine is idling, the revcounter may indicate a gradual orsudden increase of the speed.

This is normal and does not indicatea fault. It may be caused, for exam-ple, by the operation of the climatecontrol system or fan. In these case, aslow change in engine speed is used toprotect the battery charge.

The reserve warning light A turns onto indicate that approximately 6 litres of fuel are left in the tank.

Do not travel with the tank nearlyempty: lack of fuel supply could dam-age the catalyser.

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE Fig. 22

The instrument shows the litres of fuelcontained in the tank (see the “Refu-elling” paragraph for a description).

fig. 20 L0D0241m fig. 22 L0D0023m

fig. 21 L0D0242m fig. 23 L0D0024m

22

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS MULTIFUNCTIONALDISPLAY (on two-line modalpanel)The car can be equipped with the mul-tifunction display for showing useful in-formation necessary when driving ac-cording to settings.

ENGINECOOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 23

Warning light A indicates overheatingof the engine coolant. In this case, stopthe engine and contact a Lancia Deal-ership. This shows the temperature ofthe engine coolant fluid and startsworking when the fluid temperature ex-ceeds approx. 50°C. In normal condi-tions, the needle may point to differentpositions according to use and the en-gine cooling system management.

IMPORTANT The needle will point tothe lowest value of the scale (low tem-perature) and warning light A willlight up to indicate a fault in the sys-tem. Go to a Lancia Dealership tohave the system checked.

If the needle reaches the redarea, stop the engine imme-diately and contact a Lan-cia Dealership.

fig. 24 L0D0497m

“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 24

The standard screen shows the fol-lowing information:

A Odometer (kilometres or milestravelled)

B Clock (always displayed, evenwith key extracted and front doorsclosed)

C Headlight adjustment (only withdipped beam headlights on)

D Gear shift suggestion.

NOTE When opening one of the frontdoors, the display will turn on andshow for a few seconds the clock andthe kilometres or miles covered.

23

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 25

+ To scroll the menu and the nextoptions or to increase the dis-played value.

MODE Press briefly to access themenu and/or go to nextscreen or to confirm the re-quired menu option.

Hold pressed to go back tothe standard screen.

– To scroll the menu and the previ-ous options or to decrease the dis-played value.

NOTE Buttons + and – activate dif-ferent functions according to the fol-lowing situations.

❒ Hold button MODE pressed forlonger than two seconds to con-firm the change made to the time.

Setting the buzzer volume

To set the desired volume, proceed asfollows:

❒ repeatedly press MODE to display“bUZZ”;

❒ press + to increase the volume;

❒ press – to decrease the volume;

❒ Hold button MODE pressed forlonger than two seconds to con-firm the change made.

Setting the speed limit

A speed limit can be set and the sys-tem will inform the drive when thelimit is exceeded by means of an in-dication on the display and thebuzzer. Proceed as follows to set:

This function is “OFF” when the caris delivered.

SET-UP MENUThe “Set-up Menu” is used for thefollowing adjustments and/or settings:

❒ SETTING THE CLOCK

❒ SETTING THE BUZZER VOL-UME

❒ SETTING THE SPEED LIMIT

❒ SETTING THE UNIT OF MEA-SUREMENT.

Setting the clock

The clock is set to 24 hours when thecar is delivered.

Proceed as follows to set the requiredtime:

❒ repeatedly press MODE to display“Hour”;

❒ press + to increase one minute;

❒ press – to decrease one minute;

Hold buttons + or – pressed for a fewseconds to run the clock forwards orbackwards rapidly until the buttonsare released.

fig. 25 L0D0384m

24

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSetting the unit of measurement

Proceed as follows to set the requiredunit of measurement (kilometres ormiles):

❒ repeatedly press MODE to displayUnit”;

❒ press button + or – to change theunit of measurement;

❒ to confirm the setting, hold buttonMODE pressed for longer thantwo seconds.

Fuel inertia switch tripped indication

The indication appears automaticallyif the fuel inertia switch trips follow acollision of considerable severity.

The switch cuts off fuel feed.

See the “Fuel inertia switch” chapterfor more information.

Proceed as follows to select:

❒ repeatedly press MODE until“SPEEd” appears;

❒ press + to increase the value cor-responding to speed (the maxi-mum limit is 250 km/h);

❒ press – to decrease the value cor-responding to speed (the limit is30 km/h under which it switchesto “OFF”);

❒ to confirm the setting, hold buttonMODE pressed for longer thantwo seconds.

If after the “FPSon” mes-sage appears, you smell

fuel or see leaks from the fuel sys-tem, do not reset the switch toavoid fine risk.

WARNING

25

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

fig. 26 L0D0496m

MULTIFUNCTIONALDISPLAY (on three-linecomfort panel)The car can be equipped with themultifunction display for showinguseful information necessary whendriving according to settings.

“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 26

The standard screen shows the fol-lowing information:

A Date / Odometer (covered km ormiles).

B Clock (always displayed, evenwith ignition key removed andfront doors closed).

C External temperature.

CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 27

+ To scroll the menu and the nextoptions or to increase the dis-played value.

MODE Press briefly to access themenu and/or go to nextscreen or to confirm the re-quired menu option.

Hold pressed to go back tothe standard screen.

– To scroll the menu and the previ-ous options or to decrease the dis-played value.

NOTE Buttons + and – activate dif-ferent functions according to the fol-lowing situations.

D Headlight adjustment (only withdipped beam headlights on).

E Gear shift suggestion.

NOTE When opening one of the frontdoors, the display will turn on andshow for a few seconds the clock andthe kilometres or miles covered.

fig. 27 L0C0384m

26

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSHeadlight adjustment (only with dipped beam headlights on).

– when the standard page is dis-played, this is used to adjust the head-lights (see the “Headlights” para-graph in this chapter).

Set-up menu

– for scrolling the menu up and down;

–to increase or decrease values duringsettings.

SET-UP MENU Fig. 28

The menu comprises a series of func-tions arranged in a “circular fashion”which can be selected through buttons+ and – to access the different selectoperations and settings (setup) givenin the following paragraphs.

The setup menu is activated by press-ing briefly button MODE.

Single presses on buttons + and –will scroll the setup menu options.

Handling modes are different accord-ing to the characteristic of the optionselected.

Selecting “Date” and “Clock”:

– briefly press button MODE to selectthe first value to be changed (e.g.hours /minutes or year / month /day).

– press buttons + and – (by singlepresses) to select the new setting;

– briefly press button MODE to storethe new setting and go to the nextsetup menu option: if this is the lastone you will go back to the previouslyselected option of the main menu.

Hold the button MODE pressed to:

– quit set-up and to save only thechanges stored by the user (and con-firmed by pressing button MODE).

The setup menu environment istimed. Only the changes saved by theuser by briefly pressing MODE).ill besaved when the menu is automaticallyclosed.

NOTE Only the following functionscan be adjusted/set on the InstrumentPanel display if the Connect Nav+system is present: “Lights”, “Speedlimit”, “Light sensor” (for versions/markets, where provided), “Beltbuzzer” and “Passenger airbag”. Theother functions are shown on theConnect Nav+ system display. Set andadjustment them there.

Selecting a menu option

– briefly press button MODE to se-lect the menu option that needs to bechanged.

– press buttons + and – (by singlepresses) to select the new setting;

– briefly press button MODE to storethe new setting and at the same timego back to the previously selectedmenu option.

27

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Day

Year Month

Example:

CONSUMPTION

QUIT MENU

SPEED LIMIT

SET CLOCK LIGHT SENSOR TRIP B

CLOCK MODE

SET DATE

KEY

UNIT DIST.

BUTTON VOLUME

BUZZER VOLUME

SERVICE

LANGUAGE

TEMP. UNIT

Example:

–+

+–

–

–

+

+

– –+

+ +

+–

–

–+

+

–MODEbuttonpressedbriefly

On the standard screen, briefly press MODE to startbrowsing. Press + or – browse within the menu.NOTE Only the short menu may be accessed for rea-sons of safety while the car is moving (“Brightness” and“Speed Limit”). Stop the car to access the full menu.On car equipped with Connect Nav+, many functionsare displayed on the navigator readout.

–

+

+–

MODEbutton

pressedbriefly

DeutschEnglish

Español

Italiano

Português

Français

(*) This function may onlybe displayed after the SBRsystem is deactivated by aLancia Dealership.

fig. 28

+

–+

–+

–

+–

+–

BELT BUZZER (*) (for versions/markets, where provided)

PASSENGER AIRBAG

28

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSpeed limit This function is used to set the carspeed limit (km/h or mph); the driveris immediately alerted when this limitis exceeded (see section “Warninglights and messages”).To set the desired speed limit, proceedas follows:– briefly press MODE, the message(speed limit) will appear on the dis-play. – press button + or – to select speedlimit activation (On) or deactivation(Off);

To cancel the setting, proceed as fol-lows:– briefly press button MODE: (On)will flash on the display;

– press button +: (Off) will flash onthe display;

– briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing the settings.

– if the function has been activated(On), press buttons + or – to select therequired speed limit and then pressMODE to confirm.NOTE The speed may be set in therange from 30 to 250 km/h, or from20 to 155 mph according to the pre-viously chosen unit (see “Setting thedistance unit”) described below. Thesetting will increase/decrease by fiveunits each time button + / – ispressed. Hold button + / – pressed toincrease/decrease the setting rapidly.Complete the setting by briefly press-ing the button when you approach therequired setting.– briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing the set-tings.

29

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Adjusting the automaticheadlight sensor sensitivity (light sensor) (for versions/markets, where provided)

This function is used to adjust thedusk sensor sensitivity to three levels(level 1 = minimum, level 2 =medium, level 3 = maximum); higherthe sensitivity, lower the quantity ofexternal light needed to switch theheadlights on. The device is set tolevel “2” when the car is delivered.

Proceed as follows to set:

– briefly press button MODE, the pre-viously set level will flash on the dis-play;

– press button + or – for setting;

– briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing the set-tings.

Turning Trip B on/off (Trip B)

This function may be used to activate(On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B(partial trip).

For further information see “Tripcomputer”.

Proceed as follows to turn on and off:

– briefly pressMODE ON or OFFflashes on the display (according tothe previous setting);



Setting the clock (Set clock)

This function is used to set the clock.

To carry out the adjustment, proceedas follows:

– briefly press button MODE: the“hours” will flash on the display;

– press button + or – to set;

– briefly press button MODE: “min-utes” will start flashing on the display;


NOTE The setting will increase or de-crease by one unit each time + or – ispressed. Hold the button pressed toincrease/decrease the setting rapidly.Complete the setting by briefly press-ing the button when you approach therequired setting.


30

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSUnlocking the doors and thetailgate (key)

This function is used to: unlock thefront and rear doors, unlock the dri-ver’s side door or all the doors includ-ing the tailgate.


– briefly press button MODE: “Opendoors”, “Open driver”, “Open all”;

– press button + or – to select. The se-lected item will blink.


– briefly press MODE: “month” willstart flashing on the display;– press button + or – to set;– briefly press button MODE: “day”will start flashing on the display;– press button + or – to set.Note The setting will increase or de-crease by one unit each time + or – ispressed. Hold the button pressed to in-crease/decrease the setting rapidly.Complete the setting by briefly press-ing the button when you approach therequired setting.– briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing the set-tings.

12h/24h clock mode This function is used to select 12h or24 h display.To carry out the adjustment, proceedas follows:–briefly pressMODE: either 12h or24h will start flashing on the display(according to the previous setting);– press button + or – for setting;– briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing the set-tings.

Set date

This function is used to set the date(year – month – day).

Proceed as follows to update:

– briefly press button MODE: “year”will start flashing on the display;

– press + or – to adjust;

31

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

“Distance” unit of measure

This function is used to set the unit ofmeasure for distance (kilometres ormiles)

Proceed as follows to set the requiredunit:

– briefly press MODE: (km) or (mi)will start blinking on the display (ac-cording to the previous setting);




– briefly press MODE: (km/l) or(l/100km) will start flashing on thedisplay (according to the previous set-ting);



“Consumption” unit of measure

This function is used to set the unit ofmeasure for fuel consumption (km/l,l/100 km or mpg) according to theunit of measure selected in the previ-ous paragraph (“Distance” unit ofmeasure).

If the distance unit set is “km” thefuel consumption unit will be dis-played in km/l or l/100km. If the dis-tance unit set is “mi” the fuel con-sumption unit will be displayed in“mpg”.

32

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSAdjusting the failure/warningbuzzer volume (Buzzer Volume)This function allows the volume of thebuzzer which accompanies the displayof failures / warnings to be adjusted(8 levels). To set the desired volume,proceed as follows:– briefly press button MODE: the pre-viously set volume “level” starts flash-ing on the display;– press button + or – to set; – briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing the set-tings.

Selecting the language

The messages may be displayed in thefollowing languages: Italian, German,English, Spanish, French, Portuguese.

To set the required language proceedas follows:

– briefly press button MODE: the pre-viously set “language” starts flashingon the display;


– briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen without storing the settings.

“Temperature” unit of measure

This function is used to set the unit ofmeasure for temperature (°C or °F).

Proceed as follows to set the requiredunit:

– briefly press MODE (°C) or (°F)will flash on the display (according tothe previous setting);



33

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Adjusting the button volume (Button Vol.)This function is used to set the volumeof the roger-beep accompanying theactivation of buttons MODE, + e –through 8 levels.To set the desired volume, proceed asfollows:– briefly press button MODE: the pre-viously set volume “level” starts flash-ing on the display;



S.B.R. buzzer reactivation (Belt Buzzer)(for versions/markets, where provided)

This function can be only displayedafter Lancia Dealership has deacti-vated the S.B.R. system (see para-graph “S.B.R. system” in section“Safety devices”).

The indications will appear more fre-quently where there are 200 km left.For 1.3 Multijet versions, refer to the“Service Schedule” in the “Mainte-nance and care” chapter for replacingthe air cleaner, the engine oil and theengine oil filter. The indication will ap-pear in kilometres or miles accordingto the settings. When the next sched-uled service operation is approaching,the message “Service” will appear onthe display followed by the number ofkilometres or miles left when the key isturned to MAR. The “Service Sched-ule” information is provided with kilo-metres (km)/miles (mi) or days (dd),according to the deadline which ap-pears first. Go to a Lancia Dealershipwhere the “Scheduled Service” opera-tions will be performed and the mes-sage will be reset.

Scheduled Servicing (Service)This function may be used to displayinformation connected to proper carservicing in terms of kilometres ordays.This information can be consulted asfollows:–briefly press button MODE: servicein km or mi, according to previoussetting, will be displayed (see para-graph “Units”);– press button + or – to set deadlinein days; – briefly press button MODE to goback to the menu screen or hold thebutton pressed to go back to the stan-dard screen.NOTE The “Service Schedule” re-quires the car to be services every20,000 km (or equivalent distance inmiles) or once a year. This messagewill appear automatically with key atMAR after 2,000 km (or equivalentdistance in miles) or 30 before thedeadline and will appear every 200km (or equivalent distance in miles)or 3 days.

34

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSActivating/deactivating thepassenger front and side airbag on/off (passenger bag)(for versions/markets, where provided)

This function shall be used to acti-vate/deactivate the passenger’s airbag.

Proceed as follows:

❒ press MODE and after the message(Bag pass Off) (deactivate) or (Bagpass On) (activate) appears bypressing buttons + and –, press theMODE button again;

❒ the confirmation request messagewill be displayed;

❒ press buttons + o – to select (Yes)(to confirm activation/deactivation)or (No) (to abort);

❒ briefly press button MODE: thedisplay shows a message confirm-ing the selected value. Now, goback to the menu screen or pressthe button for a prolonged time togo back to the standard screenwithout storing the settings.

MODE

MODE

MODE

–+

L0D

2169

g

L0D

2170

g

L0D

2171

g

L0D

2172

g

L0D

2173

gL0

D21

74g

L0D

2174

gL0

D21

75g

L0D

2176

g

–+

–+

–+

35

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Quitting the menu

This function closes the cycle of set-tings listed in the menu screen.

Briefly press button MODE to goback to the standard screen withoutstoring the settings.

Press button + to return to the firstmenu option (Speed Limit).

Both functions can be reset (to start anew trip). The following data can bedisplayed for “General Trip”:

– Range

– Distance travelled

– Average consumption

– Instant consumption

– Average speed

– Travel time (driving time).

“Trip B” may be used to display thefigures relating to:

– Distance travelled B

– Average consumption B

– Average speed B

– Travel time B (driving time).

NOTE “Trip B” functions may be ex-cluded (see “Trip B on”). “Range”and “Instantaneous consumption”cannot be reset.

TRIP COMPUTER(for versions/markets, where provided)

General features

The “Trip computer” is used to dis-play information on car operationwhen the key is turned to MAR. Thisfunction consists of “General trip” fordisplaying the complete mission of thecar and by “Trip B”, for trips; thisfunction is included in the general tripinformation (as shown in fig. 30).

36

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

New mission

The new mission begins after:

– “manual” resetting by the user, bypressing the relevant button;

– “automatic” resetting, when the“Trip distance” reaches 9999.9 km orwhen the “Travel time” reaches 99.59(99 hours and 59 minutes);

– after disconnecting/reconnecting thebattery.

IMPORTANT “General Trip” resetswill reset “Trip B” at the same time,while resetting “Trip B” will only re-set the values of the trip B function.

Average speedThis shows the car average speed as afunction of the overall time elapsedsince the start of the new mission.

Journey time

This value shows the time elapsedsince the start of the new mission.

IMPORTANT If information is notavailable, the message “----” will ap-pear instead of the Trip Computervalues. Displaying of the values willbe resumed when normal operation isrestored without resetting the valuesdisplayed before the problem norstarting a new mission.

TRIP button fig. 29

Button TRIP located on the top of theright steering column stalk is used(with ignition key at MAR) to displayand reset the previously described val-ues to start a new mission:

– short push to display the differentvalues

– long push to reset and then start anew mission.

Values displayed

Range

This indicates the indicative distancewhich may be travelled with the fuel inthe tank assuming that driving condi-tions do not change. The display willshow the reading “----“ when the fol-lowing events take place:– range lower than 50 km (or 30miles) or fuel level less than 4 litres inthe tank;– car left parked with engine runningfor a long time.

Distance travelledThis value shows the distance coveredfrom the start of the new mission.

Average consumptionThis indicates the indicative averageconsumption from the start of the newmission.

Instantaneous fuel consumptionThis indicates the fuel consumption.The value is constantly updated. Themessage “----” will appear on the dis-play if the car is parked with the en-gine running.

fig. 29 L0D0026m

37

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Start trip procedure

With ignition key on MAR, press and hold button TRIP pressed for over 2 seconds to reset.

Quitting TRIP

The TRIP function shuts down automatically after displaying all the data. Alternatively, hold MODE pressed for longerthan two seconds.

Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission

Start of new partial mission End of partial mission

Start of new partial mission

Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission

Start of new partial mission

GENERAL TRIP resetEnd of complete mission

Start of new mission

GENERAL TRIP resetEnd of complete mission

Start of new mission

End of partial mission Start of new

partial mission

Reset TRIP B

Reset TRIP B

TRIP B

TRIP B

TRIP B

GENERAL TRIP

˙

˙

˙

˙

˙

˙ ˙

˙

fig. 30

38

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

Adjusting backrest inclination

Operate the lever D-fig. 32 in the di-rection of the arrow, take the backrestto the required position and then re-lease it.

Lumbar adjustment (for versions/markets, where provided)

To adjust the support between backand backrest, turn knob C-fig. 32clockwise to increase the lumbar sup-port or anticlockwise to decrease it.

ADJUSTING THE SEATS

FRONT SEATS

Fore/aft adjustment

Lift lever A-fig. 31 and push the seatforwards and backwards to reach therequired position: your arms shouldrest on the steering wheel rim whileyou are driving.

Check that the seat is locked well onthe guides by trying to push it for-wards and backwards.

Adjusting the height (driver’s seat) (for versions/markets, where provided)

Move lever B-fig. 31 upwards ordownwards to achieve the requiredheight.

IMPORTANT Sit in the driver’s seatwith the car not moving to adjust.

fig. 31 L0D0041m fig. 32 L0D0042m

Make sure that the seatsare correctly secured after

making the adjustments.

WARNING

39

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Armrest adjustment fig. 33(for versions/markets, where provided)

To use the armrest, move it from po-sition 1 to position 2.

Arranging the passenger seat intable position

Move the armrest (for versions/markets, where provided) to verticalposition.

From the driver’s seat or from the rearseats, operate the lever A-fig. 34 inthe direction of the arrow, fold thebackrest fig. 35 onto the cushion andthen release it. In this position, thebackrest may be used as a table.

Heated seats (for versions/markets, where provided)

Press buttons B-fig. 36 to heat thedriver’s seat C-fig. 36 and to heat thepassenger’s seat.

The LED in the button will light upwhen heating is on.

Arranging the driver’s seat in table position

To arrange the driver’s seat in tableposition, remove the head restraint(see “Extracting the head restraint”in the “Head restraint” chapter) andproceed as shown above.

fig. 33 L0D0043m fig. 34 L0D0044m

fig. 35 L0D0045m

fig. 36 L0D0046m

40

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS


Operate lever A or lever B-fig. 40 toadjust the required backrest portion,take the backrest to position and thenrelease.

Adjusting from inside the boot

Fore/aft adjustment

Operate on handles F and G-fig. 39to adjust the required seat portion bypushing the seat forwards or back-wards.

SLIDING REAR SEATS

Adjusting from inside thepassenger compartment

Fore/aft adjustment

Respectively lift the lever A-fig. 37or the lever B to adjust the requiredseat portion, then push the seat backor forwards.


Push the lever C-fig. 38, move thebackrest to position and then releaseit.

To prevent irregular operation: pressthe lever C as far as it will go.

fig. 37 L0D0047m fig. 38 L0D0252m

fig. 39 L0D0253m

fig. 40 L0D0049m

Make sure that the seatsare correctly secured after

making the adjustments.

WARNING

41

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

To arrange the central unit back invertical position, operate lever D-fig.42 again (one on each side) and re-align the unit with the side backrestsand make the safety clip Eclick.

Using the compartment inside the central unit

The central unit is provided with acompartment B-fig. 43.

To use the compartment B press but-ton C and lift up the cushion.

Adjusting the central unit fromthe inside

To move the central unit to the hori-zontal position:

❒ operate the lever D-fig. 42 (oneper side)

❒ fully lower the central unit

❒ release the lever.

The cup holder A-fig. 41 (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) canbe used when the central unit is alldown and the head restraint is re-moved.

fig. 41 L0D0051m fig. 42 L0D0050m fig. 43 L0D0358m

After releasing the lever,always check that the seat

is locked on the guides by trying tomove it backwards and forth. If itis not locked, the seat may moveunexpectedly and make you loosecontrol of the car.

WARNING

For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-

right, lean back into it and makesure the seat belt fits closely acrossyour chest and hips.

WARNING

42

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

Relax position (driver’s side)

Proceed in the same way, this time re-moving the head restraint from thedriver’s seat (see the “Head restraint”paragraph in this chapter).

IMPORTANT Refer to the “Expand-ing the boot” chapter for moving theseats to expand the boot.

Relax position (passenger side)fig. 45

To arrange the seat in relax position,with the door open:

❒ arrange the passenger’s seat intable position (see “Arranging theseat in table position” paragraphin this chapter);

❒ push the rear seat forward as faras it will go fig. 46;

❒ push the passenger’s seat (in tableposition) as far back as it will go;

❒ remove the rear window shelf (seethe “Removing the rear windowshelf” paragraph in this chapter);

❒ recline the rear seat backrest to therequired position.

Adjusting the central unit fromthe boot

Pull the ribbon F-fig. 44 and pushforward the upper part of the back-rest until the retainer clicks. Accom-pany the backrest to the horizontalposition and release the ribbon F. Re-verse the operation to reposition thebackrest in vertical position and makesure that the retainer clicks.


43

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Adjusting the central unit and using the ski compartment

The central unit may be lowered andused as rear armrest. Access to the skicompartment B-fig. 47 can be ob-tained in this manner.

The compartment B may be used fortransporting long items (e.g. skis). In-sert the item from the boot.

It is advisable to remove the cushionC to prevent damage.

IMPORTANT Avoid putting the cush-ion C in the boot in contact withheavy loads to prevent damage.

Removing the cushion

The cushion C-fig. 48 can be re-moved.

To remove the cushion: operate thebutton D and extract if from the cen-tral unit.

To refasten: press the button D to re-lease it from the retainer on the seat-back and make sure that it fastenedwell.

fig. 47 L0D0249m fig. 48 L0D0344m

Secure heavy loads in theski compartment to pre-

vent them from being hurled for-ward in case of crashes or suddenbraking.

WARNING

All adjustments must bemade with the car station-

ary.

WARNING

Fixed rear seats (for versions/markets, where provided)

See the “Expanding the boot” para-graph for how to fold the seat.

44

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

REAR SIDE AND CENTRAL(for versions/markets, where provided)

The head restraints can be adjusted inheight.

To raise them, simply move the headrestraints up until you hear the click.

To lower them, press button C-fig.51.

To extract them (not needed for nor-mal configurations) press buttonD-fig. 51.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

FRONT

The head restraints can be adjusted inheight.

To adjust the height: pull the head re-straint upwards or press button A-fig.49 and push it downwards. Make surethat is clicks at the end of the opera-tion.

Extracting the head restraint

Press button B-fig. 50 to extract thehead restraint.

fig. 49 L0D0052m fig. 50 L0D0237m

If side bags are fitted, us-ing seat covers other than

those from Lineaccessori Lanciais dangerous.

WARNING

fig. 51 L0D0053m

Travelling without headrestraints is dangerous.

WARNING

45

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSADJUSTING THE

STEERING WHEELThe steering wheel can be adjusted inheight A-fig. 52 and in depth B.


❒ release the lever by pulling it to-wards the steering wheel (position2);

❒ adjust the steering wheel as re-quired;

❒ release the lever by pushing it for-wards (position 1);

Saddle-shaped rear headrestraints optimise visibil-

ity and must always be raised itwhen an occupant is present.

WARNING

fig. 52 L0D0382m

Any adjustment of thesteering wheel position

must be carried out only with thecar stationary and the engineturned off.

WARNING

It is absolutely forbiddento carry out whatever af-

ter-market operation involvingsteering system or steering columnmodifications (e.g.: installation ofanti-theft device) that could badlyaffect performance and safety,cause the lapse of warranty andalso result in non-compliance ofthe car with homologation require-ments.

WARNING

The head restraints mustbe adjusted so that they

support your neck and not yourhead. Only in this way may theyperform their protective action.

WARNING

To optimise head restraintprotective action, adjust

the seat back upright and keepyour head as close as possible tothe head restraint.

WARNING

To refit the head restraint,arrange it the right way

and then proceed as for checkingthat it is locked.

WARNING

46

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

Adjust with the vehicle stationary andthe handbrake applied.

The mirror demister will be turned onautomatically by the rear windowheater.

Folding

When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrowspaces) it is possible to fold the mir-ror moving it from position 1to posi-tion 2-fig. 55.

REARVIEWMIRRORS

INTERNAL MIRROR

The mirror is fitted with a safety de-vice that causes its release in the eventof a violent impact with the passen-ger.

It can be moved using the lever A-fig.53to two different positions: normalor antiglare.

DOOR MIRRORS

The mirrors can only be ad-justed/folded with the ignition in theMAR position.


❒ use switch B-fig. 54 to select themirror required (left or right);

❒ to adjust the mirror move theswitch C in the four directions.

fig. 53 L0D0056m

When driving the mirrorsshall always be in position1-fig. 55.As the driver’s door mirror

is curved, it may slightly alter theperception of distance.

fig. 54 L0D0058m

fig. 55 L0D00569m

47

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSHEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

fig. 56

1. Fixed vents for defrosting/demisting the side windows - 2. Adjustable side air vents - 3. Fixed windscreen de-froster/demister vents - 4. Adjustable central vents - 5. Lower vents - 6. Rear passenger lower vents.

L0D0383m

48

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

CONTROLS

A fan and fan speed knob

B air temperature knob (for mixing warm/cool air)

C heated rear window on/off button

D climate control compressor on/off button;

E air distribution selection ring

F air recirculation knob.

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

CENTRAL AND SIDE VENTS fig. 57-58

A Fixed vents for defrosting/demi-sting side windows.

B Vent open/closed control

C Vent direction and air flow control

fig. 57 L0D0061m

fig. 58 fig. 59L0D0062m L0D0064m

49

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

AIR DISTRIBUTION

The ring E is used to make fresh airreach the entire passenger compart-ment. There are five selections:

« air from central vents and sidevents 2 and 4;

Δ air from central side vents 2 and4 and downward vents 5 and 6(bi-level function);

≈ air downwards 5 and 6;

ƒ air downwards 5 and 6 and to thewindscreen 3;

- for demisting and defrosting thewindscreen 3 and the front sidewindows 1.

ACTIVATING THE INTERNALAIR RECIRCULATION

Position the knob F-fig. 59 to….

It is advisable to switch internal airrecirculation on while standing inqueues or in tunnels to prevent the in-troduction of polluted air. Do not usethe function for a long time, particu-larly if there are many occupants onboard, to prevent the windows frommisting up.

IMPORTANT The air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach therequired heating or cooling condi-tions faster. Do not use the air recir-culation function on rainy/cold daysas it would considerably increase thepossibility of the windows misting in-side.

SETTING THE TEMPERATURE

Proceed as follows:

Turn the ring B-fig. 59 (indicatorpointing to the red sector) rightwardsto turn the temperature up or left-wards to turn it down;

ADJUSTING THE FAN SPEED

To ventilate the passenger compart-ment properly proceed as follows:

❒ fully open the central 4 and side2 air vents;

❒ turn the ring B-fig. 59 to the bluesector;

❒ turn knob A to the required speed;

❒ turn the ring E to «;

❒ stop internal air recirculation byturning knob F toÚ.

50

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSWindow demisting

In the event of considerable outsidemoisture and/or rain and/or consid-erable differences in temperature in-side and outside the passenger com-partment, perform the following pre-ventive demisting procedure:

❒ stop internal air recirculation byturning knob F-fig. 59 toÚ.

❒ turn knob B to the red section;

❒ turn knob A to 2;

❒ turn ring E to - or to positionƒ if the windows are notdemisted.

IMPORTANT The climate control sys-tem is very useful for demisting thewindows: simply press D to operatethe system and demist the windows.

FRONT WINDOW FASTDEMISTING/DEFROSTING (WINDSCREENAND SIDE WINDOWS)

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn knob B to the red section;

❒ turn knob A to 4 -;

❒ turn ring E to-;

❒ stop air recirculation by turningknob F toÚ.

After demisting/defrosting, operatethe controls normally used to restorethe required comfort.

QUICK HEATING

Proceed as follows:

❒ close all the vents on the dash-board;

❒ turn the ring B-fig. 59 to the redsector;

❒ turn knob Ato 4 -;

❒ turn ring E to≈.

51

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

HEATED REAR WINDOW AND DOOR MIRRORDEMISTING/DEFROSTING(for versions/markets, where provided)

Press button C-fig. 59 to activate thefunction. The LED in the button willlight up when the function is on.

The function is timed and automati-cally deactivated by the system aftera given time. Press C again to switchit off before.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickerson the inside of the rear window overthe heating filaments to avoid dam-age that might cause it to stop work-ing properly.

Cooling

Proceed as follows:

❒ stop internal air recirculation byturning knob F-fig. 59 toÚ.

❒ turn ring B clockwise to increasethe temperature;

❒ turn knob A anticlockwise to re-duce the fan speed.

LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM

Run the climate control system for atleast 10 minutes every month duringthe winter. Have the system inspectedat a Lancia Dealership before thesummer.

AIR CONDITIONING (cooling and dehumidifying)

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn the ring B-fig. 59 to the bluesector to select the temperature;

❒ turn knob A to the required speed;

❒ turn the ring E to«;

❒ turn the knob F to….

❒ press button D√ (the LED on thebutton will light up).

52

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSThe temperature of the air taken in isalways controlled automatically de-pending on the temperature set on thedisplay (except when the system isturned off or under certain conditionswhen the compressor is off. The fol-lowing parameters and functions canbe manually set:

❒ air temperature on driver/frontpassenger side;

❒ fan speed (continuous variation);

❒ air distribution to five positions(driver/front passenger side);

❒ compressor on;

❒ one-zone/two-zone distributionpriority;

❒ fast demist/defrost function;

❒ air recirculation;

❒ heated rear window;

❒ system off.

❒ compressor activation (to cool/dehumidify air);

❒ air recirculation.

All functions may be manuallychanged. In order words, you may se-lect one or more functions and changethe parameters as required. Auto-matic control of the manuallychanged functions will be suspended:the system will change override yoursettings only for safety related reasons(e.g. risk of misting up).

Manual selections will always havehigher priority over automatic settingsand will be stored until the userswitches the system back to automaticmode, except for the cases in whichthe system will intervene for particu-lar, safety-related reasons.

You can adjust one function automat-ically and have the automatic systemcontrol all the others.

The amount of air introduced into thepassenger compartment is indepen-dent from speed of the car because thefan is controlled by the electronic sys-tem.

AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM(for versions/markets, where provided)

GENERAL INFORMATION

The two-zone automatic climate con-trol system distributes air in the pas-senger compartment in two zones:driver’s and passenger’s side. Tem-perature is controlled on the basis ofan “equivalent temperature” princi-ple; in other words, the system con-tinuously works to keep the comfortlevel inside the car constant and tocompensate for possible variations ofexternal conditions, including sun ra-diation detected by a specific sensor.

The automatically controlled para-meters and functions are:

❒ air temperature at the vents on dri-ver/front passenger side;

❒ air at vents on driver/front passen-ger side;

❒ fan speed (continuous air flow vari-ation);

53

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

CONTROLS

A: MONO function button (set tem-perature alignment)

B: climate control compressor on/offbutton;

C: air recirculation on/of button

D: climate control system informationdisplay

L: fan speed up/down

M: driver side air distribution buttons

N: AUTO function button (automaticoperation) and temperature set-ting knob driver side

E: climate control system off button

F: MAX-DEF button (windscreenquick defrosting/demisting)

C: heated rear window on/off button

H: AUTO button (automatic opera-tion) and passenger side tempera-ture knob

I: passenger side air distribution but-tons

fig. 60 L0D0065m

54

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSDuring completely automatic systemoperation, you can vary the set tem-perature, the air distribution and thefan speed using the correspondingbuttons or knobs at any time: the sys-tem will automatically change settingsto adapt to the new request.

During fully automatic operation(FULL AUTO), the word FULL willdiasspear if the air distribution, airspeed, compressor and/or recircula-tion settings are changed. In this way,the functions will switch from auto-matic to manual control until AUTOis pressed again. The fan speed is thesame in all the zones of the passengercompartment.

With on or more manually set func-tions, the introduced air temperatureis still managed automatically by thesystem, except for when the compres-sor is off: in the case, the air intro-duced into the passenger compart-ment cannot be cooler than the out-side air.

During fully automatic operation, theonly functions that are enabled man-ually are:

❒ MONO to uniform the tempera-ture and the air distribution onfront passenger or rear passengerzones to the driver’s zone;

❒ … air recirculation, to keep italways on or off;

❒ -to speed up demisting/defro-sting of windscreen, side windows,rear window and door mirrors;

❒ ( to demist/defrost the heatedrear window and the externalrearview mirrors.

USING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

The system can be started in differentways, but it is advisable to press oneof the AUTO buttons and then to turnthe knobs to set the temperatures re-quired on the display.

The system manages two passengercompartment zones: the driver andpassenger can therefore select differenttemperatures. The maximum differ-ence between the two zones is 7°C.

The system will start running auto-matically in this way and the set com-fortable temperature will be reachedas quickly as possible. The system ad-justs the temperature, amount anddistribution of air delivered to thepassenger compartment. In addition,it manages the recirculation functionto engage the climate control systemcompressor.

55

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

This function may be used to heat upthe passenger compartment as fast aspossible and exploit the system po-tential to the maximum. The functionuses the maximum coolant tempera-ture while air and fan speed distribu-tion are managed by the system ac-cording to conditions.

Specifically, if the heating fluid is notwarm enough, the fan will not startup at the maximum speed immedi-ately to limit introducing excessivelycool air into the passenger compart-ment.

All manual settings will be allowedwhen this function is on.

To switch the function off, simply turnthe temperature knob anticlockwiseand set the required temperature.

❒ LO function (maximum cooling):

select by turning the temperatureknob anticlockwise under the mini-mum value (16 °C). It can be oper-ated from either by the driver or bythe front passenger (by selecting theMONO function).

This function is used to adjust thetemperature in the passenger com-partment when the driver only is inthe car.

To go back to separate air and tem-perature distribution in the two zonesof the passenger compartment, sim-ply turn the knobs H or press (A-MONO) when the LED on the buttonis on.

Turn the knobs either all to the rightor all to the left to the extreme HI orLO positions to use the maximumheating or maximum cooling func-tions:

❒ HI function (maximum heating):

select by turning the temperatureknob clockwise over the maximumvalue (32 °C). It can be operated fromeither by the driver or by the frontpassenger (by selecting the MONOfunction).

CONTROLS

H-N airtemperature settingknobs

Turn the knobs clock-wise or anticlockwiseto turn the tempera-ture up or down in thefront left zone (knobN) and the right zone(knobH) of the pas-senger compartmentrespectively.

The system manages two passengercompartment zones: the driver andpassenger can therefore select differenttemperatures. The maximum differ-ence between the two zones is 7°C.

The set temperature is shown on thedisplay near the knobs.

Press A (MONO) to automaticallyalign the temperature in the front pas-senger zone to the driver’s side tem-perature. The same temperature canbe set in both zones by turning knobN on driver’s side.

56

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS˙▼

Air flow between foot well vents(hotter air) and central and sidedashboard vents (cooler air). Thisdistribution is particularly usefulin spring and autumn on a sunnyday.

▲▼ Air flow distributed between foot

well vents and windscreen and frontside window defrosting/demistingvents. This allows an adequatewarming of the passenger com-partment and prevents the win-dows from misting up.

This function may be used to cooldown the passenger compartment asfast as possible and exploit the systempotential to the maximum. The func-tion activates air recirculation and theclimate control compressor, air distri-bution and fan speed are managed bythe system according to environmen-tal conditions. All manual settings willbe allowed when this function is on.

To switch the function off, simply turnthe temperature knob anticlockwiseand set the required temperature.

I-M air distributionbuttons

Press these buttonsto manually set oneof the five possibleair distribution pat-terns on the left andon the right side ofthe passenger com-partment:

▲ Air flow to the windscreen andfront side window vents to demistor defrost them.

˙ Air flow at central and side dash-board vents to ventilate the chestand the face during the hot season.

▼ Air flow to the front and rear footwell vents. Thanks to the naturaltendency of hot air to spread up-wards, this distribution pattern al-lows to warm the passenger com-partment up as quickly as possi-ble, providing an immediate feel-ing of warmth.

57

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

The set distribution is shown by thecorresponding LEDs on the selectedbuttons. When the combined functionis on, press a button to activate thecorresponding functions along withthe settings. If the button correspond-ing to a previously active button ispressed, the function is turned off andthe corresponding LED will go out.

To restore automatic air distributioncontrol after a manual adjustment,press button AUTO.

Air distribution is automaticallyaligned on driver and passenger sidewhen the driver selects air distribu-tion towards the windscreen. The pas-senger can select a different distribu-tion by pressing the correspondingbuttons afterwards.

AUTO H-Nbuttons (automaticoperation)

Press AUTO driver’sside and/or passenger’sside to automaticallyadjust the air speedand air distribution inthe correspondingzones cancelling al pre-vious manual settings.

The message FULL AUTO will ap-pear on the front display in this con-dition.

By manually intervening on at least ofthe functions automatically managedby the system (air recirculation, fanspeed or compressor on/off), the wordFULL will disappear from the displayindicating that the system is no longerautomatically controlling all the func-tions (the temperature will still becontrolled automatically by the sys-tem).

Fan speedadjustmentbuttons L

Press button p to in-crease or to decrease

the fan speed and therefore theamount of air admitted into the pas-senger compartment, although keep-ing the required temperature set.

The fan speed is shown by the lit barson the display:

❒ Maximum fan speed = all bars lit

❒ Minimum fan speed = one bar lit.

The fan can be cut off only if the cli-mate control compressor has beenswitched off pressing button B.

IMPORTANT To restore automaticfan speed control after a manual ad-justment, press button AUTO.

58

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSAir recirculationon/off button C

Air recirculationworks according tothe following operat-ing logics:

❒ forced switching on (inside air re-circulation always on), indicated bythe turning off of the button led Cand symbol í on the display;

❒ function off (air recirculation al-ways off and introduction of ex-ternal air), indicated by the factthat the LED on the button will gooff and symbol êwill appear onthe display.

These operating conditions are ob-tained by pressing C in sequence.

For safety reasons, the system will au-tomatically turn the recycle functionoff to allow the introduction of freshair after a certain time.

MONO A button(for aligningtemperature andair distributionsettings)

Press MONO to automatically alignair temperature and distribution set-tings in the front passenger area tothose of in the driver’s area and totherefore set both zones by turningthe knob on driver’s side only. Thisfunction is used to adjust the temper-ature in the entire passenger com-partment in presence of the driveronly. To go back to separate air andtemperature distribution in the twozones of the passenger compartment,simply turn the knobs H or press A-MONO when the LED on the but-ton is on.

IMPORTANT Should the system (af-ter manual settings) be no longer ableto guarantee the required temperatureset in the passenger compartment, theset temperature value will start flash-ing to indicate this condition, afterone minute the AUTO message will goout.

To restore system automatic control atany time, after one or more manualadjustments, press button AUTO.

59

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

IMPORTANT The air recirculationfunction makes it possible to reach therequired heating or cooling conditionsfaster. It is however inadvisable to useit on rainy/cold days as it would con-siderably increase the possibility ofthe windows misting inside, especiallyif the climate control compressor isoff.

Recirculation is forced off (i.e. air isintroduced from the outside) whenthe the outside temperature is colderthan 5-7°C to prevent misting up.

Climate controlcompressor on/offbutton B

Press button √ whenthe LED on the but-

ton is on, to turn the climate controlcompressor off. The LED will go out.Press the button when the LED is offto restore automatically system con-trol and use of the compressor. TheLED will light up on the button inthis case.

The system will switch recirculationoff when the compressor is switchedoff to prevent misting up. Althoughthe system is capable of maintainingthe required temperature, the wordFULL will disappear from the display.If on the other hand the system can-not maintain the required tempera-ture, the digits will blink and the wordAUTO will disappear.

IMPORTANT With the compressoroff, it is not possible to introduced aircooler than ambient temperature intothe passenger compartment. Further-more, in certain conditions, the win-dows could mist up rapidly becausethe air is not dehumidified.

It is advisable not to usethe air recirculation func-

tion when the outside temperatureis low to prevent the windows fromrapidly misting up.

WARNING

60

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSIMPORTANT The fast demist/defrostfunction will remain on for approxi-mately 3 minutes, from when the en-gine coolant reaches a temperature of50°C (petrol versions) or 35°C (Mul-tijet versions).

When this function is on, the LED ofthe corresponding button switches onand that of the rear window demister.The message FULL AUTO goes off onthe display.

You can only adjust the fan speed andswitch the rear window demister offmanually when this function is active.

To restore running operations beforethis function was activated, press ei-ther button F, air recirculation buttonC, compressor button B or buttonAUTO N or H.

Fast windowdemisting/defrostingbutton F

Press this button: theclimate control system will automati-cally switch on all the functions re-quired for fast windscreen and frontside window demisting/defrosting,that is:

❒ climate control compressor onwhen weather conditions are suit-able;

❒ air recycle off;

❒ maximum air temperature HI onboth areas;

❒ proper fan speed according to en-gine coolant temperature to limitthe flow of not sufficiently warm airto demist the windows into the pas-senger compartment;

❒ air flow to the windscreen andfront side windows vents;

❒ the heated rear window on

The switching off of the climate con-trol compressor remains in storageeven when the engine has beenstopped.

To restore automatic compressor con-trol, press √ again (in this case, thesystem will only work as a heater) orpress AUTO.

When the compressor is off, if the ex-ternal temperature is hotter than theset temperature and the system can-not satisfy the request, the digits ofthe set temperature will blink for afew seconds and the message AUTOwill go out.

With climate control compressor off,the fan speed can be set to zero man-ually (no bar shown).

With the compressor on and the en-gine started, the fan speed may be re-duced to the minimum setting (onlyone bar shown).

61

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Switching thesystem off E

Press E to switch theclimate control systemoff. The display willgo out as a conse-

quence.

The following climate control condi-tions will be established when the sys-tem is off:

❒ LEDs off;

❒ set temperature not shown;

❒ air recirculation on, passenger com-partment isolated from the outside;

❒ air conditioner compressor off;

❒ fan off.

The rear window heater can be turnedon and off manually by pressing Gwhen the system is off.

IMPORTANT The climate control sys-tem control unit stores the settings be-fore the system is turned off and rep-resents the same settings when itturned back on by pressing any but-ton (except for the heated rear win-dow). If the function corresponding tothe pressed button was off, it will beturned on; if it was on, it will be kepton.

Press AUTO to turn the climate con-trol system in fully automatic mode.

Rear windowheater and externalrearview mirrorheater on/offbutton G

Press this button to turn the rear win-dow demister/defroster on. The LEDin the button will light up when thefunction is on.

The heater will go out automaticallyafter a certain time or by pressing thebutton again. It will also go out whenthe engine is stopped until it is startedagain.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickersover the electric filaments on the in-side of the rear window to preventdamage and ensure perfect operation.

62

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

PARKING LIGHTS fig. 65

With the key at STOP or extracted,turn the ring to position 6. Warninglight3 on the instrument panel willgo on with the side/taillights and thenumber plate lights. Move the stalkupwards a to turn on the right sidelights only; move it downwards b toturn on the left side lights only. In ei-ther case, warning light 3 will notlight up on the instrument cluster.

FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS

Pull the stalk towards the steeringwheel (unstable position) regardlessof the position of the ring. The warn-ing light 1on the instrument clusterwill come on at the same time.

fig. 61 L0D0066m

fig. 64 L0D0069m

fig. 63 L0D0068m

fig. 62 L0D0067m

EXTERNAL LIGHTSThe left-hand lever includes the con-trols for the external lights.The external lights can only beswitched on when the ignition key isat MAR.

LIGHTS OFF Fig. 61Turn the ring to position å.

SIDE/TAIL LIGHTS Fig. 62Turn the ring to 6.The warning light 3on the instru-ment cluster will come on at the sametime.

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTSfig. 63Turn the ring to 2.The warning light 3on the instru-ment cluster will come on at the sametime.

BEAM HEADLIGHTS Fig. 64With the ring at 2, pull the lever to-wards the steering wheel (permanentposition).The warning light 1on the instru-ment cluster will come on at the sametime.To turn the beam headlights off, pullagain the lever towards the steeringwheel (dipped beams will turn onagain).

63

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

DIRECTION INDICATORS Fig. 65

Push the stalk to (stable) position:

❒ upwards (position 1): right-handindicator;

❒ downwards (position 2): left-handindicator;

Warning light F or D comes on in-termittently on the instrument panel.

Indicators are switched off automati-cally when the steering wheel isstraightened.

If you want the indicator to flashbriefly to show that you are about tochange lane, move the stalk up ordown without clicking into position(unstable position). When releasedthe stalk will return to its home posi-tion.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT SENSORS(dusk sensor) (for versions/markets, where provided)

This sensor detects changes of exter-nal lights according to the sensitivityof the setting: the higher the sensitiv-ity, the lower the amount of externallight needed to switch the lights on.The sensitivity of the dusk sensor isadjusted by means of the “Setupmenu” on the “Multifunctional dis-play”.

Activation

Turn the ring to 2A fig. 67 to light upthe side/tail lights and dipped beamheadlights according to the externalbrightness.

“FOLLOW ME HOME” DEVICE fig. 66

This function allows the illuminationof the space in front of the car for apreset period of time.

Activation

With the ignition key on STOP or re-moved, pull the stalk towards thesteering wheel within 2 minutes fromwhen the engine is turned off.

At each single movement of the stalk,the lights will remain on for an extra30 seconds up to a maximum of 210seconds; then the lights are switchedoff automatically.


64

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS CLEANING THEWINDOWS

WINDSCREEN WASHER/WIPER

The device can only work when theignition key is at MAR.

The right hand stalk can take up fivedifferent positions:

A windscreen wiper off

B flick operation.

With the lever in position B, turn theknurled ring F to select one of fourdifferent speeds for the intermittentoperation mode:,= very slow flick -- = slow flick--- = medium flick---- = fast flick

The set sensitivity level of the sensorwill appear on the multifunctionaldisplay when the automatic headlightsensor is on. Adjust sensitivity bypressing + and – (see fig. 68) whilethe setting appears on the display.

Deactivation

When the command to switch off isgiven by the sensor, the dipped head-lamps are deactivated and then theside lights about 10 seconds later.

If the main beam heads are turned on(manually by the driver) while the au-tomatic headlight function is on, themain beam headlights will be turnedoff when the lights are automaticallyturned off.

IMPORTANT The sensor cannot de-tect the presence of fog: switch thelights on manually in this case.

fig. 68 L0D0384m

fig. 69 L0C0073m

C continuous slow

D continuous fast

E temporary fast operation (unstableposition).

65

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Operation in position E is limited tothe time during which the lever iskept in that position manually. Whenreleased, the stalk will return to posi-tion A and the wiper will be automat-ically stopped.

IMPORTANT Replace wiper blades asspecified in the “Maintenance andcare” chapter.

RAIN SENSOR (for versions/markets, where provided)

The rain sensor is located behind thedriving mirror in contact with thewindscreen and has the purpose ofautomatically adjusting the frequencyof the windscreen wiper strokes as tothe rain intensity.

IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass inthe sensor area.

Activation

Move the right stalk down by oneclick.

The activation of the rain sensor issignalled by a control acquisitionflick.

Turn the ring F-fig. 71 to increase therain sensor sensitivity.

The increase of the sensitivity of therain sensor is signalled by a controland acquisition flick.

The smart cycle is started when thewindscreen wiper is turned on whilethe rain sensor is active without sup-plementary flick after 5 seconds. Thesensor will resume normal automaticoperation.

“Smart washing” function

Pull the stalk towards the steeringwheel (unstable position) to operatethe windscreen washer.

Keeping the stalk pulled for morethan half a second, with just onemovement it is possible to operate thewasher jet and the wiper at the sametime.

The jet will be released immediatelywhen the wiper stops after four flicks.

A further stroke after 5 seconds com-pletes the wiping operation.

Do not use the windscreenwiper to remove layers ofsnow or ice from the wind-screen. In such conditions,

the windscreen wiper may be sub-jected to excessive stress and themotor protection which prevents op-eration for a few seconds may trip.If rear window wiper operation isnot reset, contact a Lancia Dealer-ship.

fig. 70 L0D0074m

66

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

❒ in synchronous mode (at half thefrequency of the windscreenwiper) when the windscreen wiperis running.

The rear window wiper will run incontinuous mode when the wind-screen wiper is running and reversegear is engaged.

Pull the stalk towards the dashboard(unstable position) to operate the rearwindow washer.

Hold the stalk pushed for longer thanhalf a second to operate the rear win-dow wiper as well.

Smart wash function is activated asfor the windscreen wiper when thestalk is released.

The wiper will flick once to indicatethat the sensor has been reactivated.

The rain sensor is able to recognizeand automatically adjust itself in thepresence of the following particularconditions:

❒ dirt on the controlled surface (salt,dirt, etc.);

❒ difference between day and night.

Deactivation

Move the lever from position B or turnthe ignition key to STOP.

At the next start-up (key at MAR),the sensor will not be reactivated evenif the stalk is at B. To activate the sen-sor, move the stalk to position A or Cand then to position B or turn the sen-sitivity adjustment knurled ring.

fig. 71 L0C0073m

Streaks of water maycause undesired blade

moving.

WARNING

REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER fig. 72

The device can only work when theignition key is at MAR.

Turn ring A from position å to posi-tion' to open the rear window wiperas follows:

❒ in flick mode when the windscreenwiper is not running

fig. 72 L0D0075m

67

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSCRUISE CONTROL

(for versions/markets, where provided)

It is a device able to support the dri-ver, with electronic control, which al-lows driving at speed over 30 km/hon long and straight dry roads (e.g.:motorways), at a desired speed, with-out pressing the accelerator pedal.Therefore it is not suggested to usethis device on extra-urban roads withtraffic. Do not use it in towns.

STORING THE SPEED

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn ring A-fig. 73 to ON and pressthe accelerator pedal to the re-quired speed;

❒ push the lever upwards (+) for atleast 3 seconds, then release it: thecar speed will be stored. The ac-celerator pedal may be released.

If needed (e.g. for overtaking), pressthe accelerator pedal to accelerate: thecar will return to the previously setspeed when the pedal is released.

TURING THE DEVICE ON

Turn the ring A-fig. 73 to ON.

The device can only be turned on in4th or 5th gear. Travelling downhillwith the device engaged, the car speedmay increase more than the memo-rised one. When the device is acti-vated the warning light turns on to-gether with the relevant message onthe instrument panel (for versions/markets, where provided).

fig. 73 L0D0076m

68

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSTURNING THE DEVICE OFF

Turn ring A-fig. 73 to OFF or the ig-nition key to STOP. The device is au-tomatically turned off in one of thefollowing cases:

❒ when the brake pedal or clutch ispressed.

REDUCING THE STOREDSPEED

This can be carried out in two ways:

❒ by turning the device off and thenstoring a new speed;

or

❒ by moving the stalk downwards(–) until reaching the new speedwhich will be stored automatically.

Each operation of the stalk will cor-respond to a slight reduction in speed(about 1 km/h), while keeping thestalk downwards will correspond to acontinuous speed reduction.

RESTORING THE STOREDSPEED

If the device has been disengaged, forexample by pressing the brake orclutch pedal, the memorized speedcan be reset as follows:

❒ accelerate gradually until reachinga speed approaching the storedspeed;

❒ engage the gear selected when thespeed was stored (4th or 5th gear);

❒ press RES B.

INCREASING THE STOREDSPEED

The stored speed can be increasedin two ways:❒ by pressing the accelerator and

then storing the new speedreached;

or

❒ by moving the stalk upwards (+).

Each operation of the stalk will cor-respond to a slight increase in speed(about 1 km/h), while keeping thestalk upwards will correspond to acontinuous speed increase.

When travelling with thedevice on, never set the

gearshift lever to neutral.

WARNING

If the device is faulty, turnring A to OFF, check the

fuse and contact a Lancia Dealer-ship.

WARNING

69

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSCEILING LIGHTS

FRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 74

Switch A- turns these lights on/off .

With switch A in central position,lights C and D will turn on/off whenopening/closing the front doors.

With switch A pressed on the left side,lights C and D will always stay off.

With switch A- pressed on the rightside, lights C and D will always stayon.

The lights will be turned on/off grad-ually.

Switch B is used for operating thespot light function; it works as follows(light off):

❒ light C if the left side is pressed;

❒ light D if pressed on the right side.

Lights when getting into the car

Lights will be turned on as follows:

❒ for about 10 seconds when the dooris unlocked;

❒ for about 3 minutes when a door isopened;

❒ for about 10 seconds when thedoors are closed (within the threeminutes).

Timing will stop when turning the ig-nition key to MAR.

Light when getting out of the car

After removing the key from the igni-tion switch, the lights will turn on asfollows:

❒ within 2 minutes from turning theengine off for about 10 seconds;

❒ when a door is opened for about 3minutes;


Timing will stop automatically whenlocking the doors.

IMPORTANT Before getting out ofthe vehicle, make sure the switch is atcentral position: lights off with doorsclosed in order to avoid draining thebattery.

In any case, if the switch is left inad-vertently to the on position, the lightswill turn off automatically 15 minutesafter turning the engine off.

Courtesy light timing

On certain versions to facilitate get-ting in/out of the car at night or withpoor lighting, 2 different timedswitching on modes have been pro-vided.

fig. 74 L0D0077m

70

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSLight when getting out of the car

After removing the key from the igni-tion switch, the lights will turn on asfollows:

❒ within 2 minutes from turning theengine off for about 10 seconds;

❒ when a door is opened for about 3minutes;


Timing will stop automatically whenlocking the doors.

Ceiling light timer (for versions/markets, where provided)

On certain versions to facilitate get-ting in/out of the car at night or withpoor lighting, 2 different timedswitching on modes have been pro-vided.

Lights when getting into the car

Lights will be turned on as follows:

❒ for about 10 seconds when the dooris unlocked;

❒ for about 3 minutes when a door isopened;


Timing will stop when turning the ig-nition key to MAR.

REAR COURTESY LIGHT

The light will turn on/off by pressingthe lens rightwards or leftwards as shown in fig. 75.

The light may be integrated in theceiling unit, where provided.

Two 5W ceiling lights fig. 76 are pre-sent if a sunroof is fitted.

fig. 75 L0D0078m fig. 76 L0D0254m

71

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSHAZARD LIGHTS

EMERGENCY LIGHTS fig. 77-78

Press the toggle switch A in any posi-tion of the ignition switch to turn thelights on.

When the device is on, the switch isflashing and warning lights Î and ¥on the cluster come on.

Press the switch again to turn thelights off.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 79(for versions/markets, where provided)

To turn front fog lights on, press but-ton 5, to activate these lights it isnecessary to have the side/tail lightsswitched on.

Press the button again or turn off theside/tail lights to turn the lights off.

fig. 77 L0D0080m

fig. 78 L0D0081m

fig. 79 L0D0385m

The use of hazard lights isgoverned by the Highway

Code of the country you are in.Keep to the rules.

WARNING REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 80

Press button 4 to turn on with thedipped beam or fog lights on.

Press the button again or turn off thedipped beam headlights or the foglights to turn the lights off.

fig. 80 L0D0386m

72

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS FUEL CUT OFFSWITCHThe switch is located on the bottom ofthe car, near the pillar on passengerside. Move the carpet aside to reachthe switch. It is tipped by a crash andcuts off the fuel feed, thus stoppingthe engine.

When the device is activated thewarning light è turns on togetherwith the relevant message on the re-configurable multifunctional display(for versions/markets, where pro-vided).

Inspect the car carefully for fuel leak-ages (e.g. in the engine compart-ment), under the car or near the fueltank.

If, after a crash, you smellfuel or see leaks from the

fuel system, do not reset the switchto avoid fine risk.

WARNING

fig. 81 L0D0388m

Press button A-fig. 81 to reactivatethe fuel feed system if no leakage isfound and the car is worthy of re-suming travel.

After the accident, remember to turnthe ignition key to STOP to preventdraining the battery.

73

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSINTERIOR

EQUIPMENT

UPPER ODDMENTCOMPARTMENTS fig. 82-83

To open the compartments, releasethe lid using device A and lift to thestable opening position.

Compartment C-fig. 86 and the DINcompartment D-fig. 86, in the dash-board, are located in central position.

The DIN compartment D can be ex-tracted to fit a Lineaccessori Lanciasound system.

fig. 82 L0D0389m

fig. 83 L0D0087m

Do not travel with thecompartments open: they

could cause injury in case of an ac-cident.

WARNING

fig. 84 L0D0088m

fig. 85 L0D0418m

fig. 86 L0D0090m

ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS

Compartment A-fig. 84 is located onthe dashboard facing the front pas-senger.

Compartment A may contain an ex-tractable oddment bag E-fig. 87which can be ordered from Lineac-cessori Lancia.

Compartment B-fig. 85 is located onthe dashboard on the left of the steer-ing wheel.

74

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

ODDMENT SHELF ON ROOF fig. 91

The shelf is designed to contain eas-ily retrievable light items (e.g. papers,maps, etc.).

IMPORTANT Do not place heavy ob-jects on the shelf. Do not use it as agrip.

The shelf is alternative to the sunroof.

CUP HOLDER – CAN HOLDER fig. 89

The cup/can holders – are located onthe central tunnel near the hand-brake.

CARD HOLDER fig. 90

The central tunnel has recesses tokeep telephone cards, magnetic cardsand tickets.

DOOR POCKETS fig. 88

Paper/map pockets are located indoor panels.

fig. 87 L0D0343m

fig. 88 L0D0153m

fig. 89 L0D0091m

fig. 90 L0D0092m

fig. 91 L0D0093m

75

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

REAR COMPARTMENT CD HOLDER WITH CAN HOLDER fig. 92

There is a CD holder and cup holderon the central tunnel behind thehandbrake.

POWER SOCKETS (12V)

They only work with the ignition keyat MAR.

Socket A-fig. 93 is located in frontposition. Socket A is replaced by acigar lighter in cars with smoker’s kit.For versions/markets, where pro-vided, the car may be equipped withpower socket C-fig. 94 also on theleft of the boot.

fig. 92 L0D0236m

fig. 93 L0D0236m

fig. 94 L0D0095m

SMOKER’S KIT (for versions/markets, where provided)

Cigar lighter fig. 95 It is located on the central consoleby the side of the handbrake.Press the button with the ignitionswitch at MAR. The button will auto-matically return to the initial positionafter approximately 15 seconds andthe cigar lighter is ready for use.

IMPORTANT Always check that thecigar lighter has turned itself off.

Ashtray fig. 96

The ashtray is a removable plastic boxthat can be fitted into the glass/canrecesses on the central tunnel.

IMPORTANT Do not use the box asan ashtray and a waste paper basketat the same time: it might set on firein contact with cigarette stubs.

SUN VISORS These are arranged at the sides of theinternal rearview mirror. They may beoriented frontally and to the side.

A courtesy mirror can be applied tothe back of sun visors, according tothe version.

To use the mirror, open the slidingflap A-fig. 96 (for versions/markets,where provided).

SUNROOF(for versions/markets, where provided)

The sun roof has an anti-pinch safetysystem capable of detecting the pres-ence of an object whilst the roof isclosing; when this happens the systemstops and the glass travel is immedi-ately reversed. The large “Skydome”sunroof consists of two glass panels,one fixed and one mobile, with suncurtains which can be opened andclosed manually. The sun roof canonly be operated with the ignition keyin the MARposition. The button nearthe front ceiling lights is used to openand close the roof.

To open

Hold button B-fig. 97 pressed: thefront glass panel will go to spoiler po-sition. Hold B pressed again for longerthan half a second to move the roofautomatically to end of travel posi-tion. Press the button again to stopthe roof in an intermediate position.

76

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

fig. 95 L0D0096m

fig. 96 L0D0097m

The cigar lighter becomesvery hot. Handle with

care. The device must not be usedby children: risk of fire and/orburns.

WARNING

EMERGENCY OPERATION

If the switch fails, the sunroof can bemoved manually proceeding as de-scribed below:

❒ remove the protective cap on theinternal upholstery between thetwo sun curtains.

❒ take the socket wrench provided

❒ introduce the socket in A-fig. 98and turn it:

– clockwise, to open the roof

– anticlockwise, to close the roof.

To close

From the all open position, hold A-fig. 101 pressed for longer than halfa second to take the roof automati-cally to spoiler position. Press the but-ton again to stop the roof in an inter-mediate position. Hold A pressed un-til the panel closes completely.

77

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

fig. 97 L0D0098m fig. 98 L0D0099m

It is advisable to use thesunroof in the spoiler posi-tion only if a crosswise roofrack is used.

Do not open the sun roof inthe presence of snow or ice:it may be damaged.

When leaving the car, al-ways remove the key from

the ignition device to avoid the riskof injury due to accidental opera-tion of the sun roof; it presents arisk to those left on board: im-proper use of the roof can be dan-gerous. Before operation, alwayscheck that no-one is at risk of be-ing injured by the moving sun roofor by objects getting caught anddragged by it.

WARNING

78

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

DRIVER’S DOOR fig. 99

There are two or five switches (thelatter for versions/markets, whereprovided) on the arm rest for operat-ing the following with the key atMAR:

A opening/closing the left front win-dow

B opening/closing the right frontwindow

POWERWINDOWS

The two-button version (front win-dows only) is not automatic. Thefour-button version (front and rearwindows) has an automatic openingand closing feature: the passengerwindow will open automatically (andclose automatically, for versions/markets, where provided); the rearwindows may open automatically.

IMPORTANT With ignition key atSTOP or removed, the power win-dows remain activated for about 2minutes and are deactivated immedi-ately the moment a door is opened.

fig. 99 L0D0103m

C opening/closing the left rear win-dow (for versions/markets, whereprovided)

D opening/closing the right rear win-dow (for versions/markets, whereprovided)

E turn off the rear door switches (forversions/markets, where pro-vided). The button in the LEDwill light up when the device is on.

79

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Automatic continuous operation(for versions/markets, where provided)

For some versions with four powerwindows, the front window (driver’sside) can be opened and closed auto-matically while the other windows canbe opened automatically.

A Button for automaticallyopening and closing

B-C-D Buttons for automatic open-ing only.

Hold one of the buttons pressed for ashort time to open the window insteps. The window will stop when thebutton is released.

PASSENGER AND REAR DOORSfig. 100(for versions/markets, where provided)

The switch operating the correspond-ing window is located on the internalarmrest of each door.

fig. 100 L0D0103m

Incorrect use of the powerwindows may be danger-

ous. Before operation, alwayscheck that no-one is exposed to therisk of being injured by directly bythe moving window or objects get-ting caught and dragged. Whenleaving the car, always remove thekey from the ignition device toavoid the risk of injury due to ac-cidental operation of the powerwindows.

WARNING

fig. 101 L0D0156m

MANUAL(for versions/markets, where provided)

Operate the corresponding handlefig. 101 to open/close the window.

80

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSCLOSING TAILGATE

Lower the tailgate using handle A-fig. 103 as shown in the figure andthen press the tailgate until you hearit click.

IMPORTANT If the “Key” option isselected, make sure that you have theignition key before closing the tailgatebecause it will be automaticallylocked.

BOOTThe tailgate can only be opened fromthe outside using the electric handleA-fig. 102.

The tailgate can be opened at anytime, even if the doors are locked.

The “Key” option can be activated inthe instrument panel display setupmenu (see “Reconfigurable multi-functional display” in this chapter):the tailgate will not be unlocked withthe doors in this case. Press buttonR on the remote control.

The direction indicators will blinktwice when the tailgate is opened.

fig. 102 L0D0390m

fig. 103 L0D0391m

Do not fit additional objectsonto the rear window shelfor tailgate (speakers, spoil-ers, etc.) except when con-

templated by the manufacturer toensure the correct operation of theside gas shock absorbers of the tail-gate itself.

81

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Never exceed the maxi-mum allowed load in the

boot (see “Technical Specifica-tions”). Make sure that the objectsare well arranged in the boot sothat they will not be projected for-wards following sudden braking.

WARNING

Never travel with objectson the rear window shelf:

they cause cause injury to passen-gers in the event of an accident orsudden braking.

WARNING

EXTENDING THE BOOT WITHFIXED SEAT

Proceed as follows:

❒ fasten the buckles to the tabs(shown by the arrows) on thebackrest fig. 104;

❒ check that each of the two sideseat belts C-fig. 105 is inserted inthe corresponding seat belt guideD;

❒ raise the cushion A as shown inthe figure ;

❒ release the backrest, by movingthe levers B then fold it forward toobtain a flat loading surface.

fig. 104 L0D0428m

fig. 105 L0D0429m

82

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS BONNETOPENING

Proceed as follows:

❒ pull lever A-fig. 106 in the direc-tion of the arrow;

❒ move lever B-fig. 108 in the di-rection of the arrow;

❒ lift the bonnet and at the sametime release the rod C-fig. 107from the catch, then fit end D ofthe rod into the bonnet recess E.

IMPORTANT Before opening thebonnet, check that windscreen wiperarms are not lifted from the wind-screen.

fig. 106 L0D0113m

fig. 107 L0C0115m

fig. 108 L0D0392m

The bonnet must alwaysbe perfectly closed while

travelling for reasons of safety.Make sure that the bonnet is per-fectly closed and that the lock isengaged. If you discover that thebonnet is not perfectly closed whiletravelling, stop immediately andclose the bonnet in the correctmanner.

WARNING

83

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

CLOSING fig. 107

Proceed as follows:

❒ hold the bonnet up with one handand with the other remove rodCfrom recess and fit it back intoits catch D;

❒ lower the bonnet to approximately20 centimetres from the enginecompartment and let it come down.Make sure that the bonnet is com-pletely closed and not only fastenedby the safety catch by trying toopen it. If it is not perfectly closed,open the bonnet and repeat theprocedure. No not simply press it.

IMPORTANT Always check that thebonnet is closed properly to avoid itsopening while the car is travelling.

ROOF BARS(for versions/markets, where provided)

IMPORTANT Use of LineaccessoriLancia roof bars is recommended.Follow the instructions contained inthe assembly kit to the letter. Assem-bly must be performed by qualifiedpersonnel.

The bonnet may drop sud-denly if the supporting rod

is not in correct position.

WARNING

Perform these operationswhen the car is stationary

only.

WARNING

fig. 109 L0D0248m

IMPORTANT Never exceed the per-mitted weight (see section “Technicalspecifications”).

Check that the attachment fasteningscrews are correctly positioned after afew kilometres.

84

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

When travelling in countries on theother side of the road, cover the head-light as shown in the figure. Use non-transparent adhesive for this purpose.The figures show how to change fromleft-hand drive to right-hand drive.

Adjusting headlight alignmentfig. 110

To adjust, press buttons eÒ on thecontrol panel. The display shows thepositions during the adjustment oper-ation.

Position 0 - one or two occupants onfront seats. – Position 1 - five occu-pants – Position 2 - five people + loadin the boot – Position 3 - driver +maximum permitted load all in boot.IMPORTANT Check beam alignmentevery time the load carried changes.

HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENTWHEN TRAVELLING ABROADfig. 111-112

The dipped headlamps are adjustedfor service in the country where thecar was originally purchased.

HEADLIGHTS

BEAM DIRECTION

Correction direction of the headlightsis essentially for the comfort andsafety of the driver and the other roadusers. The headlights must be cor-rectly directed to ensure the best vis-ibility conditions when the headlightsare on. Contact Lancia Dealership tohave the headlights properly adjusted.

HEADLIGHT CORRECTOR

This device works with the key atMAR and the dipped beam headlightson. The car will slant backwardswhen it is loaded, raising the lightbeam. The beams must therefore bedirected again in this case.

Never operate the sunroofwhen roof bars are fitted.

fig. 110 L0D0393m fig. 111 L0D0118m

fig. 112 L0D0119m

85

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSABS SYSTEM

The car is fitted with an ABS brakingsystem, which prevents the wheelsfrom locking when braking, makesthe most of road grip and gives thebest control when emergency brakingunder difficulty road conditions.

System is completed by EBD (Elec-tronic Braking force Distribution),which distributes the braking actionbetween front and rear wheels.

IMPORTANT The braking systemneeds to settle for approximately 500km: during this time, avoid sudden,repeated and prolonged braking.

SYSTEM INTERVENTION

Intervention of the ABS is detected bya slight pulsing of the brake pedal ac-companied by noise: such an event in-dicates that you need to adjust yourspeed to the type of road on whichyou are travelling.

When the ABS intervenes it meansthat you are approaching the griplimit between tyres and road: slowdown to exploit all the available grip.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

ABS failure

ABS failure is indicated by the turn-ing on of warning light > on the in-strument panel together with the ded-icated message on the multifunctionaldisplay (for versions/markets, whereprovided), (see section “Warninglights and messages”).

In the case, the braking system willwork as normal without the extra po-tentials offered by the ABS system.Drive carefully to the nearest LanciaDealership to have the systemchecked.

When the ABS intervenesit means that you are ap-

proaching the grip limit betweentyres and road: slow down to ex-ploit all the available grip.

WARNING

The ABS exploits the tyre-road grip at the best, but it

cannot improve it; you shouldtherefore take every care when dri-ving on slippery surfaces withouttaking unnecessary risks.

WARNING

EBD failure

ABS failure is indicated by theturning on warning lights > and xon the instrument panel together witha message on the multifunctionaldisplay (for versions/markets, whereprovided), (see section “Warninglights and messages”).

In this case, the rear wheels may sud-denly lock and the car may swerve.Drive carefully to the nearest LanciaDealership to have the systemchecked.

86

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS EOBD SYSTEMThe EOBD system (European OnBoard Diagnosis) allows continuousdiagnosis of the components of the carcorrelated with emissions.

It also alerts the driver, by turning onthe warning light U on the instru-ment panel (together with relevantmessage on the multifunctional dis-play, for versions/markets, where pro-vided) (see section “Warning lightsand messages”), when these condi-tions are no longer in peak conditions.

The objective is:

❒ to keep the system efficiency undercontrol;

❒ warn when a fault causes emissionslevels to increase;

❒ to signal the need to replace deteri-orated components.

The system also has a diagnostic con-nector that can be interfaced with ap-propriate tools, which makes it possi-ble to read the error codes stored inthe control unit, together with a seriesof specific parameters for engine op-eration and diagnosis. This check canalso be carried out by the traffic po-lice.

IMPORTANT After eliminating theinconvenience, to check the systemcompletely, Lancia Dealerships areobliged to run a bench test and, ifnecessary, road tests which may alsocall for a long journey.

When the ABS cuts in, andyou feel the brake pedal

pulsating, do not remove your foot,but keep it pressed; in doing so youwill stop in the shortest amount ofspace possible under the currentroad conditions.

WARNING

If warning light xonlylights up on the instrument

panel (with a message on the mul-tifunctional display, for ver-sions/markets, where provided),stop the car immediately and go tothe nearest Lancia Dealership.Leakage of hydraulic fluid fromthe braking system will compro-mise functionality of the brakingsystem, either of the conventionaltype or with ABS.

WARNING

Go to a Lancia Dealershipas soon as possible if warn-ing light Ueither does notlight up when the key is

turned to MAR to if while travellingthe warning lights comes on eithersteady or blinking (along with amessage on the multifunctional dis-play, where provided). The opera-tion of warning light U may bechecked by the traffic police usingspecific devices. Follow the laws inforce in the country where you aredriving.

87

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Sound system installation

The sound system must be installedin the space occupied by the centraloddment compartment where thewiring leads. To extract the compart-ment, press in the points shown at theretainer systems.

SOUND SYSTEM(for versions/markets, where provided)

Refer to the supplement to thisOwner’s Handbook for operating thesound system with CD or with CDMP3.

SOUND SYSTEM SETUP (for versions/markets, where provided)

The system consists of:

❒ sound system power wires

❒ front and rear speaker power wires

❒ aerial power wire

❒ 2 tweeters on front pillars (30Wmax power each);

❒ 2 mid-woofers on front doors (165mm diameter, 30W max powereach);

❒ 2 full-range speaker on front doors(165 mm diameter, 30W maxpower each).

fig. 113 L0D0120m

It is advisable to have thesound system and interfer-ence filter installed by aLancia Dealership.

GSI SYSTEM (for versions withmechanicalgearbox only)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The gear shift indication makes itpossible, on cars with a manual gear-box, to suggest the driver shouldchange gear (higher gear: shift up, seeFig. a or lower gear: shift down, seeFig. b), through a dedicated indica-tion in the control panel. This sug-gestion to change gear is designed toimprove consumption and ensure thebest driving style.

NOTE: the indication in the instru-ment panel remains on until the dri-ver makes a gear change or until thedriving conditions return to a situa-tion where a gear change is not re-quired to improve consumption.

fig. a fig. b

88

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS ACCESSORIESPURCHASED BYTHE OWNERIf after buying the car, you decide toinstall electrical accessories that re-quire a permanent electric supply(alarm, satellite antitheft system, etc.)or accessories that in any case burdenthe electric supply, contact LanciaDealership, whose qualified person-nel, besides suggesting the most suit-able devices belonging to Lineacces-sori Lancia, will also evaluate theoverall electric consumption, check-ing whether the car’s electric systemis able to withstand the load required,or whether it needs to be integratedwith a more powerful battery.

ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICDEVICE INSTALLATION

Electric and electronic devices in-stalled after buying the car by after-market service must carry the follow-ing label:

MOBILE PHONE SETUP (for versions/markets, where provided)

The mobile phone setup with CD orCD MP3 sound system consists of:

❒ a dual function aerial (sound sys-tem + phone phone 900/1800MHz) located on the roof;

❒ connection cables to the dual func-tion sound system and wiring with10 pin connector.

The connector is located between thesteering column and the central unit.

The hands-free kit must bepurchased by the customerbecause it must be compat-ible with the customer’s

mobile phone. It is advisable to in-stall the microphone near the frontceiling light.

The maximum applicablepower to the aerial is 20W.

WARNING

For installing the mobilephone and connecting to

system setup in the car, contactLancia Dealership to prevent anytrouble that could impair carsafety.

WARNING

Be very careful when fit-ting non-standard addi-

tional spoilers, light alloy wheelsor wheel cups: they could reducebrake ventilation and consequentlybrake efficiency in the case of re-peated, violent braking or on longdownhill roads. Make sure thatnothing obstructs the pedal stroke(mats, etc.)

WARNING

89

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorises the in-stallation of transceiving devices pro-vided that they are installed accord-ing to rules of good engineering prac-tice respecting the manufacturer’s in-dications by a specialised centre.

IMPORTANT Traffic police may notallow the car on the road in the eventof assembly of devices which implymodifications to the features of thecar. This may also cause lapse of war-ranty in relation to faults caused bythe change or either directly or indi-rectly related to it.

Fiat Auto S.p.A. shall not be liable fordamage caused by the installation ofaccessories either not supplied or rec-ommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A.and/or installed in compliance withthe provided instructions.

“DUAL DRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING SYSTEMThe car is provided with an electricpower steering system which onlyworks with the key at MAR and theengine running. The system called“Dual drive” allows to customise theeffort required to turn the steeringwheel according to driving conditions.

ON/OFF (CITY function)

Press fig. 118 in the central part ofthe dashboard to turn the function onand off.

The message CITY appears on themultifunctional display when thefunction is on.

With the CITY function the effort onthe steering wheel is lighter, thus fa-cilitating parking manoeuvres: this isparticularly useful when driving intowns.

TRANSCEIVERS AND MOBILEPHONES

Radio transceiver equipment (e.g.: e-tacs mobile phones, HAM radio sys-tems and the like) shall not be usedinside the car unless a separate aerialis mounted on the roof.

The use of similar devices inside thepassenger compartment (without sep-arated aerial) produces radio-fre-quency electromagnetic fields which,amplified by the resonance effects in-side the passenger compartment, maycause electrical systems equipping thecar to malfunction. This could com-promise safety in addition to consti-tuting a potential hazard for the pas-sengers.

In addition, transmission and recep-tion of these devices may be affectedby the shielding effect of the car body.

As concerns EC-approved mobilephones (GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictlycomply with the instructions for useprovided by the mobile phone’s man-ufacturer.

90

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSThe car can be driven using the me-chanical steering in case of failure tothe electric power steering system.Take the car to a Lancia Dealershipas soon as possible.

IMPORTANT The steering may be-fore stiffer when parking requiring alot of steering. This is normal andcaused by the electric control motoroverheating system. No repairs areneeded. The power steering systemwill start working properly again thenext time the car is used.

PARKING SENSORS(for versions/markets, where provided)

Parking sensors are located in the rearbumper and their function is to in-form the driver, through an intermit-tent buzzer, about the presence of ob-stacles behind the car.

ACTIVATION

The sensors are automatically acti-vated when the reverse gear is en-gaged. As the distance from the ob-stacle behind the car decreases, theacoustic alarm becomes more fre-quent.

fig. 114 L0D0419m

Under no circumstancesshould aftermarket opera-

tions involving steering system orsteering column modifications (e.g.:installation of anti-theft device) becarried out that could badly affectperformance and safety. This alsocauses the warranty to become nulland void and results in vehicle non-compliance with type-approval re-quirements.

WARNING

FAILURE INDICATIONS

Electric power steering failure is indi-cated by the turning on of warninglight g on the instrument panel to-gether with the dedicated message onthe multifunctional display (whereprovided), (see section “Warninglights and messages”).

Before starting any main-tenance operation, stop the

engine and remove the key from theignition switch to operate the steer-ing lock, particularly when the caris lifted off the ground. If this isnot possible (i.e. if the key must bekept in the MAR position or the en-gine must be kept running), removethe main electric power steeringsystem fuse.

WARNING

91

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

Detection distances

The central range of action varies ac-cording to the version: the range isequal to 140 cm and to 70 cm forsmall sized obstacles (or round park-ing posts). The side action range is 60cm.

If several obstacles are detected by thesensors, only the nearest one is con-sidered.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

See the “Warning lights and mes-sages” chapter.

OPERATION WITH TRAILER

The system is deactivated automati-cally when the trailer electric cableplug is fitted into the car tow hooksocket.

The sensors are automatically enabledagain when the trailer cable plug is re-moved.

BUZZER WARNINGS

When the reverse gear is engaged anintermittent acoustic signal is auto-matically activated.

The acoustic signal:

❒ becomes louder as the reduction ofdistance between the car and theobstacle decreases;

❒ becomes continuous when the dis-tance between the car and the ob-stacle is less that 30 cm and stopsimmediately if the distance raises;

❒ is constant if the distance is unvar-ied; if this situation concerns theside sensors, the buzzer will stop af-ter about 3 seconds to avoid, for ex-ample, warning indications in theevent of manoeuvres along walls.

fig. 115 L0D0395m

GENERAL WARNINGS

❒ When parking, take the utmostcare to obstacles that may be setabove or under the sensors.

❒ Objects set close to the car, undercertain circumstances are not de-tected and could therefore causedamages to the car or be damaged.

❒ indications sent by the sensors canbe altered by dirt, snow or ice de-posited on the sensors or by ultra-sound systems (e.g.: truck pneu-matic brakes or pneumatic ham-mers) set nearby the car.

92

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS REFUELLING

PETROL ENGINES

Use only unleaded petrol.

To avoid mistakes, the diameter of thefuel filler is too small to introduce thebeak of a leaded petrol pump. Thepetrol octane rating (RON) must notbe lower than 95.

IMPORTANT An inefficient catalystleads to harmful exhaust emissions,thus contributing to air pollution.

IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol,even in small amount or in an emer-gency, as this would damage the cat-alyst beyond repair.

MULTIJET ENGINES

Operation at low temperatures

If the outside temperature is very low,the diesel thickens due to the forma-tion of paraffin clots with consequentdefective operation of the fuel supplysystem.

In order to avoid these problems, dif-ferent types of diesel are distributedaccording to the season: summer type,winter type and arctic type (cold/mountain areas). If refuelling withdiesel fuel whose features are not suit-able to the temperature of use, it isadvisable to mix TUTELA DIESELART additive in the proportionsshown on the container with the fuel.Pour the additive into the tank beforethe fuel.

When using or parking the car for along time in the mountains or cold ar-eas, it is advisable to refuel using lo-cally available fuel.

In this case, it is also advisable to keepthe tank over 50% full.

It is vital that the sensorsare always clean in orderfor the system to workproperly. Take great care

when cleaning the sensors not toscratch or damage them; avoid us-ing dry, rough or hard cloths. Cleanthe sensors with clean water withthe addition of car shampoo if nec-essary. In washing stations, cleanthe sensors quickly, keeping thesteam jet/high pressure washingnozzles at least 10 cm away fromthe sensors.

The driver is always andonly responsible for park-

ing and other dangerous manoeu-vres. Always make sure that thereare no people, animals or objectsin the way when carrying out thesemanoeuvres. Parking sensors aredesigned to assist drivers: in allcases, you must always pay the ut-most attention during potentiallydangerous manoeuvres, even whenthese are carried out a low speed.

WARNING

93

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

FUEL TANK CAP

The fuel flap is opened by the doorlocking system. Therefore, if the doorsare locked, press D-fig. 117 to openthe fuel flap.

The cap C-fig, 116 has a device B se-curing it to the flap A so that is can-not be misplaced. To open the cap Cturn it anticlockwise and extract.

OPENING THE FUEL CAP IN ANEMERGENCY

In case of emergency, full the cord A-fig. 118 to open the fuel flap.

Remove the protection to reach thecord.

FILLING THE TANK

To fill the tank completely, top-uptwice after the pump switches off.Further top-ups could cause faults inthe fuel feeding system.

For diesel engines, usediesel fuel for motor vehi-cles compliant with EN590European specifications

only. The use of other products ormixtures may damage the enginebeyond repair and consequentlycause lapse of warranty in relationto the damage caused. If you acci-dentally introduce other types of fuelin the tank, do not start the engineand empty the tank. If the engine hasrun also for a very short time, youwill need to have the entire fuel feedsystem emptied in addition to thetank.

fig. 116 L0D0399m fig. 118 L0D0490m

fig. 117 L0D0420m

94

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

G

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSlate how much particulates has beentrapped by the filter. Since this filterphysically traps particulate, it shouldbe regenerated (cleaned) at regular in-tervals by burning carbon particles.The regeneration procedure is con-trolled automatically by the enginemanagement control unit according tothe filter conditions and vehicle useconditions. The following phenomenamay occur during the regeneration:limited increase of idle speed, activationof electric fan, limited increase ofsmoke, high temperatures at the ex-haust. These are not faults; they do notimpair vehicle performance or damagethe environment. If the dedicated mes-sage is displayed, refer to section“Warning lights and messages”.

PROTECTING THEENVIRONMENTThe devices for curtailing petrol engineemissions are the following:❒ three-way catalytic converter;❒ Lambda sensor;❒ fuel evaporation system.In addition, do not let the engine run,even for a test, with one or more sparkplugs disconnected.The devices for reducing diesel fuel en-gine emissions are the following:❒ oxidising catalytic converter;❒ exhaust gas recirculation system

(E.G.R.);❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF)

DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATEFILTER) (for 1.3 Multijet 90 HP - 1.3 Multijet95 HP versions)

The Diesel Particulate Filter is a me-chanical filter, integral with the exhaustsystem, that physically traps particu-lates present in the exhaust gases ofDiesel engines. The diesel particular fil-ter has been adopted to eliminate al-most totally particulates in compliancewith current / future law regulations.During normal use of the vehicle, theengine control unit records a set of data(e.g.: travel time, type of route, tem-peratures, etc.) and it will then calcu-

When refuelling, fasten the cap to thedevice inside the flap as shown in thediagram.

IMPORTANT The airtight sealing ofthe tank may cause a slight vacuum.A suction noise when you release thecap is therefore entirely normal.

After refuelling, fasten the cap byturning it clockwise until you hear itclick, then turn the key clockwise adremove the key from the flap.

Do not approach nakedflames or lit cigarettes to

the fuel filler: fire risk. Keep yourface away from the fuel filler toprevent breathing in harmfulvapours.

WARNING

The catalytic converter de-velops high temperature

during operation. Do not park ongrass, dry leaves, pine needles orother flammable material: firerisk.

WARNING

95

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

SAFETY

SEAT BELTS ..................................................... 96

PRETENSIONERS............................................. 99

CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY...................... 101

“ISOFIX”CHILD RESTRAINTASSEMBLY SETUP .......................................... 105

FRONT AIRBAGS.............................................. 108

SIDE AIRBAG (Side bags - Front Window bags)........................ 110

96

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

SEAT BELTS

USING THE FRONT AND SIDE REAR SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping thechest straight and rested against theseat back.

To fasten the seat belts, take hold thetongue A-fig. 1 and insert it into thebuckle B, until hearing the lockingclick.

On removal, if it jams, let it rewindfor a short stretch, then pull it outagain without jerking.

Press button C to release the belt. Ac-company the belt while it is being re-wound to prevent twisting.

Through the reel, the belt automati-cally adapts to the body of the pas-senger wearing it, allowing freedom ofmovement.

The reel may lock when the car isparked on a steep slope: this is per-fectly normal. Furthermore, the reelmechanism locks the belt if it is pulledand in the event of sudden braking,collisions and on high speed bends.

The rear seat is fitted with inertialseat belts with three anchor pointsand reel.

Rear seat belts must be worn asshown in diagram D-fig. 2 (five seatversions) or as shown in diagram E-fig. 3 (four seat versions).

fig. 1 L0D0126m

fig. 2 L0D0430m

fig. 3 L0D0431m

Never press button C-fig. 1when travelling.

WARNING

97

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

S.B.R. system

The car is fitted with a Seat Belt Re-minder system (S.B.R.), consisting ofa buzzer and a flashing warning light< on the instrument panel whichwarns the driver that the seat beltmust be fastened.

The buzzer can be deactivated (untilthe next engine stop) as follows:

❒ fasten the driver’s seat belt;

❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;

❒ wait for over 20 seconds and thenrelease one of the seat belts.

For permanent deactivation, contacta Lancia Dealership.

The S.B.R. can only be reactivated us-ing the setup menu (see the “Warninglights and messages” chapter, “Seatbelt reminder” paragraph).

ADJUSTING THE FRONT SEATBELT HEIGHT(for versions/markets, where provided)

Always adjust the seat belt height tothe passenger’s body: this precautionmay considerably reduce the risk ofinjury in the event of a collision.

Correct regulation is obtained whenthe belt passes approximately halfway between the shoulder and theneck.

To adjust, move the grip A-fig. 4 ofthe locking mechanism either up ordown and at the same time move thering B to the most suitable of the al-lowed positions.

Remember that in theevent of a violent collision,

back seat passengers not wearingseat belts also represent a seriousdanger for the front seat passen-gers.

WARNING

fig. 4 L0D0128m

The height of the seat beltsmust be adjusted with the

car at a standstill.

WARNING

After adjustment, alwayscheck that the cursor to

which the ring is fastened is lockedin one of the set positions. Releasethe grip and push downwards toenable the locking device to click ifthe grip has not been released inone of the possible positions.

WARNING

98

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

USING THE MIDDLE SEATBELT

The seat belt is provided with a dou-ble buckle and fastening tab.

To prepare the seat belt for use, ex-tract the tabs from seat H and P-fig.5 of the winder and pull the seat belt,making the webbing run. Avoid twist-ing and tugging. Then insert tab G-fig. 6 into the buckle L with buttonM.

To use the belt, make the webbing runfurther and insert the fastening tab I-fig. 6 in the seat of the buckle N.

To release the belt: press button O-fig.6 and accompany the belt as it windsback to prevent twisting.

Expanding the boot: release thebuckle by pressing M-fig. 6 and ac-company the belt to prevent it fromtwisting. Position the tab I in the seatP-fig. 5 and the tab G-fig. 6 in theseat H-fig. 5 in the winder.

IMPORTANT Arrange the seat beltfor use as described above after repo-sitioning the seats.

fig. 5 L0D0311m

fig. 6 L0D0310m

Remember that in theevent of a violent collision,

back seat passengers not wearingseat belts also represent a seriousdanger for the front seat passen-gers.

WARNING

99

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

PRETENSIONERSTo increase the efficiency of the seatbelts, the car is fitted with preten-sioners. These devices, in the event ofa violent crash, rewind the seat beltsa few centimetres. In this way theyensure that the seat belt adheres per-fectly to the wearer before the re-straining action begins.

The seat belt locks to indicate that thedevice has intervened; the seat beltcannot be drawn back up even whenguiding it manually.

The pretensioner can onlybe used once. Go to a Lan-

cia Dealership to have it replacedafter is has been deployed. The ex-piration date of the device is shownon the label inside the upper odd-ment compartment on passengerside: go to a Lancia Dealership tohave the device replaced when theexpiration date approaches.

WARNING

Operations which lead toknocks, vibrations or lo-calised heating (over 100°Cfor a maximum of 6 hours)

in the area around the pretensionersmay cause damage or trigger them.These devices are not affected by vi-brations caused by irregularities ofthe road surface or low obstaclessuch as kerbs, etc. Contact a LanciaDealership for any assistance.

IMPORTANT To obtain the highestdegree of protection from the actionof the pretensioner, wear the seat beltkeeping it firmly close to the chestand pelvis. A slight amount of smokemay be detected during operation ofthe pretensioners. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire.

The pretensioner does not require anymaintenance or lubrication.

Anything that modifies its originalconditions invalidates its efficiency.

If due to unusual natural events(floods, seas storm, etc.) the devicehas been affected by water and mud,it must necessarily be replaced.

100

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

LOAD LIMITERS

To increase passenger’s safety, thefront seat belt reels contain a loadlimiter which allows controlled sag insuch a way as to dose the force actingon the chest and shoulders during thebelt restraining action in case of frontcrash.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FORUSING THE SEAT BELTS

The driver is responsible for respect-ing and ensuring that all the other oc-cupants of the car also respect the lo-cal laws in force in relation to the useof seat belts. Always fasten the seatbelts before starting off.

Seat belts must also be used by preg-nant women: risk will be significantlyreduced for both the expectantmother and the child in the event ofan accident.

Of course they must position the lowerpart of the belt very low down so that itpasses under the abdomen, see fig. 7).

fig. 7 L0D0133m

fig. 8 L0D0134m

fig. 9 L0D0135m

The belt must not betwisted. The upper part

must cross the shoulder and thechest diagonally. The lower partmust adhere to the hips not to theabdomen. Do not use devices (clips,etc.) to hold the seat belt away fromyour body.

WARNING

Never disassemble or tam-per with the seat belt or

pretensioner components. All in-terventions must be performed byqualified and authorised personnelonly. Always go to a Lancia Deal-ership

WARNING

For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-

right, lean back into it and makesure the seat belt fits closely acrossyour chest and hips. Always fastenthe seat belts on both the front andthe rear seats. Travelling withoutseat belts will increase the risk ofsevere injury and even death in theevent of an accident.

WARNING

101

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENT CONDITIONS

❒ Always use the belt with the taptaut and never twisted; make surethat it is free to run smoothly.

❒ Replace the belt after a serious ac-cident even if it does not appeardamaged. Always replace the beltif the pretensioners where de-ployed.

❒ To clean the belt, wash by handwith water and mild soap, rinseand leave to dry in the shade. Donot use strong detergents, bleach,paints or any other substancewhich could damage the belt fi-bres.

❒ Keep the reels dry: correct opera-tion may only be ensured if thereels are dry.

❒ Replace the seat belt when show-ing significant wear or cut signs.

CARRYINGCHILDREN SAFELYFor optimum protection in the eventof a crash, all passengers must beseated and wearing adequate restraintsystems.

This is even more important for chil-dren.

This prescription is compulsory in allEC countries according to EC Direc-tive 2003/20/EC.

A child’s head is larger and heavier inproportion to its body and the child’smuscular and bone structures are notfully developed. For this reason, theyrequire restraint systems which aredifferent from those used by adults toprotect them in the event of an acci-dent.

If the belt has been sub-jected to heavy stress, for

example after and accident, itshould be changed completely to-gether with the anchors, anchorfastening screws and the preten-sioners. In fact, even if the belt hasno visible defects, it could have lostits resilience.

WARNING

Each seat belt may only beused by one person at a

time: do not carry children on yourlap with one seat belt protectingboth. In general, do not place anyobjects between the person andbelt.

WARNING

102

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

The research results in relation to thebest protection for children is illus-trated in European Regulation EEC-R44 which divides the restraint sys-tems into five groups in addition tomaking their use compulsory:

Group 0 - up to 10 kg of weight

Group 0+ - up to 13 kg of weight

Group 1 9-18 kg of weight



As it may be noted, the groups over-lap partly and in fact, there are de-vices that cover more than one weightgroup.

All child restraint devices must bearthe certification data, together withthe control brand, on a solidly fixedlabel which must absolutely never beremoved.

When over 1.50 m in height, from thepoint of view of restraint systems,children are considered as adults andhave to wear the standard seat belts.

Lineaccessori Lancia includes childrestraint systems for each weightgroup. These devices are recom-mended having been specifically de-signed for Lancia cars.

SEVERE DANGER: Donot arrange child restraint

systems facing backwards on thefront seat if a passenger airbag isfitted. Deployment of the airbag inan accident could cause fatal in-juries to the baby. It is advisable tocarry children in an appropriaterestraint system on the rear seatwhich is the most protected posi-tion in the event of an accident.Never fit child restraint systems onthe front seat if the car is providedwith passenger airbag: the airbagcould cause even fatal injury inde-pendently from the severity of thecollision which caused the airbagto be deployed.

WARNINGIn case of need, the pas-senger airbag can be de-activated and children canbe place on the front seat.It is very important tocheck that the airbag has

been deactivated by means of theamber warning light (see the chap-ter on first and side airbags,specifically the paragraph on pas-senger front airbags). Move thepassenger’s seat as far back aspossible to avoid contact betweenthe child seat and the dashboard.

WARNING

103

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

GROUP 0 and 0+ fig. 10

Babies up to 13 kg must be carriedfacing backwards on a cradle seat,which, supporting the head, does notinduce stress on the neck in the eventof sharp deceleration.

The cradle seat must be withheld bythe seat belts of the car and the childmust in turn be withheld by the seatbelts of the cradle seat.

GROUP 1 fig. 11

Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight,children may be carried facing for-wards, with seat fitted with frontcushion, through which the car seatbelt restrains both child and seat.

fig. 11 L0D0137m fig. 12 L0D0138mfig. 10 L0D0136m

The figure is indicative for assembly purposes only. Refer to theinstructions supplied with the child restraint.

WARNING

Some child restraint systems for weight group 0 and 1 have a rearattachment to the car seat belts and its own seat belts for secur-

ing the child. Due to their weight, they may be dangerous if incorrectlymounted (e.g. if fastened to the car seat belts with a cushion in between).Follow the assembly instructions carefully.

WARNING

GROUP 2 fig. 12

Children from 15 to 25 kg may usethe car seat belts directly. The childseat is only needed to position thechild correctly with respect to thebelts so that the diagonal sectioncrosses the child’s chest and never theneck and is snug on the hips not theabdomen.

The figure is indicative forassembly purposes only.

Refer to the instructions suppliedwith the child restraint.

WARNING

104

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

fig. 13 L0D0139m

GROUP 3 fig. 13

For children from 22 kg to 36 kg thesize of the child’s chest no longer re-quires a support to space the child’sback from the seat back.

The figure shows proper child seat po-sitioning on the rear seat.

Children taller than 1.50 m can wearseat belts like adults.

The figure is indicative forassembly purposes only.

Refer to the instructions suppliedwith the child restraint.

WARNING

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ONCHILD’S SEAT USE

The car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC which governsthe arrangement possibilities for child restraints on the various seats of the caras shown in the following table:

CAR SEAT

Group Weight group Passenger Passenger Passengerfront rear central

side (for versions/markets,where provided)

Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U *

Group 1 9 -18 kg U U *

Group 2 15 -25 kg U U *

Group 3 22 -36 kg U U *

Key:

U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, accordingto European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.

* Never mount child restraint systems on the rear central seat.

105

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

Below is a summary of the rulesof safety to be followed forcarrying children:

❒ The recommended position for in-stalling child’s seat is on the rearseat, as it is the most protected inthe case of a crash.

❒ If the passenger’s air bag is deac-tivated always check the amberwarning light “ on the cluster tomake sure that it has actually beendeactivated.

❒ Carefully follow the instructionssupplied with the child restraintsystem which are mandatory bylaw. Keep the instructions in thecar along with the other papersand this handbook. Do not usechild seats without instructions.

❒ Always check the seat belt is wellfastened by pulling the webbing.

❒ Only one child is to be strapped toeach retaining system.

❒ Always check the seat belts do notfit around the child’s throat.

❒ While travelling, do not let thechild sit incorrectly or release thebelts.

❒ Never carry children on your lap,even newborns. No-one, howeverstrong, can hold a child in the caseof an accident.

❒ In case of an accident, replace thechild’s seat with a new one.

“ISOFIX” CHILDRESTRAINTASSEMBLY SETUPThis car is preset for mounting theUniversal Isofix child restraint system,a new European standardised systemfor carrying children safely.

It is possible to fit either traditionalrestraint systems and “Isofix” re-straint systems.

An example of child seat is shown asan example in fig. 14.

The Universal Isofix child’s seat cov-ers weight group: 1.

Specific Isofix systems are providedfor the other weight classes and maybe used only if specifically designed,tested and approved for use on thiscar (see list of cars attached to thechild restraint).

Never arrange a child re-straint seat on the front

seat in presence of a passengerairbag because children must nevertravel on the front seat.

WARNING

106

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

fig. 14 L0C0425m

Due to its different anchoring system,an Isofix child restraint must be an-chored to the proper lower metal ringsA-fig. 15, between rear seat back andcushion. The upper belt (providedwith the child restrain) must be thensecured to ring D-fig. 16 set in theboot at child’s seat level.

fig. 15 L0C0140m

Remember that in case of UniversalIsofix child restrain systems, you canonly use all those seats approved withthe marking ECE R44/03 “UniversalIsofix”.

Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” child seatis available from Lineaccessori Fiat.

For any further details on installa-tion/use, refer to the “InstructionManual” for the child seat.

fig. 16 L0C0143m

Fit the child seat when thecar is stationary. The

child seat is correctly anchored tothe brackets when you hear theclick. Follow the instructions forassembly, disassembly and posi-tioning that the manufacturer mustsupply with the child seat.

WARNING

107

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON UNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD SEAT USE

The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraintsystems on seats fitted with Universal Isofix fasteners.

Weight group Orientation Isofix Isofix sizeseat position class side rear

Group 0 to 10 kg

Group 0+ up to 13 kg

Group I to 9up to 18 kg

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

E

E

D

C

D

C

B

B1

A

IL

IL

IL

IL (*)

IL

IL (*)

IUF

IUF

IUF

IUF suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fas-tener), approved for the weight group.

IL: suitable for special child restraint systems. Isofix type suitable and tested for this type of car. The seat may be in-stalled by moving the front seat forward.

(*) Arrange the Isofix seat with the front seat in all up position.

108

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

FRONT AIRBAGSThe car is provided with front airbagsfor the driver and passenger and win-dow bags (head protection system). Itmay be provided with optional frontside bags.

The front driver / passenger air bagshave been designed to protect the oc-cupants in the event of head-oncrashes of medium-high severity, byplacing the cushion between the oc-cupant and the steering wheel ordashboard.

Front air bags are designed to protectcar’s occupants in front crashes andtherefore non-activation in other typesof collisions (side collisions, rearshunts, roll-overs, etc.) is not a systemmalfunction.

An electronic control unit will makethe bag inflate in the event of a frontalcrash.The bag will inflate instantaneouslyplacing itself between the front occu-pant’s body and the structures whichcould cause injury. It will deflate im-mediately afterwards.

Driver and passenger front airbags arenot a replacement of but complemen-tary to the belts, which you are rec-ommended to always wear, as speci-fied by law in Europe and most non-European countries.

In the event of a collision, a personnot wearing a seat belt may be thrownforward and con into contact with thebag before it has fully opened. Theprotection offered by the cushion isreduced in such a case.

Front air bag may not be activated inthe following situations:

❒ in collisions against highly de-formable objects not affecting thecar front surface (e.g. bumper col-lision against guard rail, etc.);

❒ jamming of the car underneathother vehicles or protective barri-ers (e.g. underneath a truck or aguard rail); in this case, the bagswould offer no additional protec-tion with respect to the seat beltand their deployment is unneces-sary. No deployment in such casesis consequently not the sign of afault.

The front airbags (driver and passen-ger) are designed and calibrated toprotect front seat occupants who arewearing seat belts. The volume offront air bags at max. inflation fillsmost of the space between the steer-ing wheel and the driver and betweenthe dashboard and the passenger.

FRONT AIR BAG ON DRIVER’SSIDE, fig. 17

It consists of an instant-inflating cush-ion contained in a special recess in thecentre of the steering wheel.

fig. 17 L0C0416m

109

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

fig. 18 L0C0145m

FRONT AIR BAG ONPASSENGER’S SIDE fig. 18

It consists of an instant-inflating cush-ion contained into a special recess Ain the dashboard, this cushion has avolume bigger than that of the driver.The airbags are not deployed in theevent of collisions of low severity (forwhich the withholding action of theseat belts is sufficient). For this rea-son, the seat belt must be worn at alltimes. During side collisions the seatbelts hold passengers in the correctposition and prevent ejection from thevehicle during very violent collisions.

Do not apply stickers orother objects on the steer-

ing wheel in zone A-fig. 18, pas-senger side airbag cover or sideupholstery on roof. Do not placeobjects on the passenger side dash-board because these could interferewith the correct opening of theairbag (e.g. mobile phones) andcause severe injury to occupants.

WARNING

SEVERE DANGER: Donot arranged cradle child

restraints facing backwards if thepassenger’s airbag is on. Deploy-ment of the airbag in an accidentcould cause fatal injuries to thebaby.

WARNING

If the car is provided witha front passenger airbag, deactivate the airbagwhen arranging a childrestraint seat on the frontseat. Move the passenger’s

seat as far back as possible toavoid contact between the cradleand the dashboard. Although thisis not mandatory by law, theairbag should be immediately re-activated when children are nolonger carried to ensure better pro-tection to adults.

WARNING

110

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

MANUAL DEACTIVATION OFPASSENGER’S FRONT AIRBAGAND SIDE BAG (for versions/markets, where provided)

Whenever a child needs to be carriedon the front seat, the passenger’s frontairbag and the Side Bag (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) mustbe deactivated.

The instrument panel warning light“ will stay on glowing steadily untilreactivating the passenger’s front airbag and the side bag (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).

SIDE BAGS (Side bags -Window bags)(for versions/markets, where provided)

SIDE BAGS fig. 19(for versions/markets, where provided)

The side bags are arranged in thefront seat backrests and inflate in-stantly to protect the chest of occu-pants in case of medium-to-highseverity crashes.

To deactivate the passen-ger’s front air bag and the

side bag (for versions/markets,where provided), refer to ““Multi-functional display” paragraph inthe “Dashboard and controls”chapter.

WARNINGDo not cover the backrestof the front seats with cov-

ers which are not suitable for usewith side bags.

WARNING

fig. 19 L0C0147m

fig. 20 L0C0148m

WINDOW BAGS fig. 20(for versions/markets, where provided)

The window bags are accommodatedin the side roof upholstery and arecovered by special trimming. Theyprotect the head of front and rear oc-cupants in case of side collisions. Thebags are very large.

Lineaccessori Lancia has covers suit-able for seats with side bags.

111

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TY

Side bags are not a replacement of butcomplementary to the belts, whichyou are recommended to always wear,as specified by law in Europe andmost non-European countries.

IMPORTANT In the event of sidecrash, you can obtain the best protec-tion by the system keeping a correctposition on the seat, allowing thus acorrect window bag unfolding.

IMPORTANT The front air bagsand/or side bags may be deployed ifthe car is subject to heavy knocks oraccidents involving the underbodyarea, such as for example violentshocks, against steps, kerbs or low ob-stacles, falling of the car in big holesor sags in the road.

IMPORTANT A small amount of dustwill be released when the airbags aredeployed. The dust is not harmful anddoes not indicate the beginning of afire. Furthermore, the surface of thedeployed bag and the interior of thecar may be covered in a dusty residue:this dust may irritate the skin and theeyes. Wash with mild soap and waterin the event of exposure.

The airbag system expires after 14years (charge) and 10 years (clockcontact). Go to a Lancia Dealership tohave the devices replaced when theexpiration date approaches.

IMPORTANT Should an accident oc-cur in which any of the safety devicesis activated, take the car to a LanciaDealership to have the devices acti-vated replaced and to have the systemchecked.

All inspection, repair and replacementoperations concerning the air bagsmust only be carried out at a LanciaDealership.

If you are having the car scrapped,have the air bag system deactivated ata Lancia Dealership first. If the carchanges ownership, the new ownermust be informed of the method ofuse of air bags and the above warn-ings and also be given this “Owner’sHandbook”.

IMPORTANT Pretensioners, frontairbags and front side bags are de-ployed according to different logics onthe basic of the type of collision. Nondeployment of one of the devices doesnot therefore indicate a system fault.

Do not rest your head,arms or elbows on the door,

on the windows and in the windowbag area to prevent injury in case ofdeployment.

Never lean head, arms and elbowsout of the window.

WARNING

If when turning the key toMAR the warning light ¬

does not turn on or if it stays onwhen travelling (together with themessage on the multifunctionaldisplay, for versions/markets,where provided) there could be afailure in safety systems; in thisevent air bags or pretensionersmay not be deployed in case of im-pact or, in a minor number ofcases, they be deployed acciden-tally. Contact Lancia Dealershipimmediately to have the systemchecked.

Do not cover the backrest of thefront seats with covers which arenot suitable for use with side bags.

WARNING

GENERAL WARNINGS

112

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

Always drive holding yourhands on the steering

wheel rim so that the airbag caninflate freely in the case of need.Do not drive with your body bentforward. Keep your back straightagainst the back rest. Have theairbag system checked by a Lan-cia Dealership if the car wasstolen, if theft was attempted, or ifthe car was subjected to vandalismor flooding.

WARNINGDo not travel carrying ob-jects in your lap, in front

of your chest or between your lips(pipe, pencils, etc.): they couldcause severe injury if the airbag isdeployed.

WARNINGThe airbag deploymentthreshold is higher than

that of the pretensioners. For col-lisions in the range between thetwo thresholds, it is normal foronly the pretensioners to be acti-vated.

WARNING

When the key is turned toMAR warning light ì(with

passenger front airbag activated)will blink for a few seconds to re-mind you that the airbag will bedeployed in the event of a collisionafter which it should go out.

WARNING

Do not wash the seatswith pressurised water or

steam (by hand or in automaticseat washing stations).

WARNING

An airbag is not a replace-ment for the seat belts but

increases their efficiency. Further-more, since front airbags are notdeployed in low speed collisions,side collisions, rear-end shunts orroll-overs, the occupants are onlyprotected by the seat belts whichmust be fastened at all times.

WARNING

Do not attach rigid objectsto the coat hooks and sup-

port handles.

WARNING

Airbags may be deployedif another vehicle crashes

if the key is inserted and at MARalso if the engine is not runningand the car is stationary. For thisreason, children must never sit onthe front seat, even if the car is notmoving. On the other hand, if thekey is inserted and at STOP, noneof the safety devices (airbag orpretensioners) will be deployed ina collision. Non deployment of thedevices in this case does not indi-cate a system fault.

WARNING

113

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NG

AND

DRIV

ING

STARTING AND DRIVING

STARTING THE ENGINE ................................ 114

PARKING THE VEHICLE ................................ 116

USING THE MECHANICAL GEARBOX............ 117

CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS ..................... 118

TOWING TRAILERS ........................................ 119

SNOW TYRES .................................................. 122

SNOW CHAINS ................................................ 123

CAR INACTIVITY ............................................ 124

114

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AN

D DR

IVIN

GSTARTING THE ENGINEThe car is provided with an electronicengine lock device: refer to “The Lan-cia CODE system” paragraph in“Dashboard and controls” if you can-not start the engine. The engine maybe noisier during the first seconds ofoperation, particularly after a long pe-riod of inactivity. This is characteris-tic of hydraulic tappets, the timingsystem chosen for petrol engine ver-sions to reduce the number of servic-ing interventions and does effects nei-ther functionality nor reliability.

STARTING PROCEDURE FOR PETROL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒ apply the handbrake;

❒ put the gear lever into neutral;

❒ press the clutch pedal all the waydown without touching the accel-erator;

❒ turn the ignition key to AVV andlet it go the moment the enginestarts.

If the engine does not start at the firstattempt, return the ignition key toSTOP before repeating the attempt tostart the engine. If with the key atMAR the instrument panel warninglightYstays on with warning lightU, turn the key back to STOP andthen back to MAR; if the warninglight stays on, try with the other keysprovided.

It is dangerous to run theengine in closed environ-

ments. The engine consumes oxy-gen and engine exhaust containscarbon dioxide, carbon oxide andother toxic gasses.

WARNING

It is advisable not to de-mand maximum perfor-mance from your car (e.g.excessive accelerations,

long distances at top rpm, excessiveintense braking, etc.) as soon as theengine is started.

Do not leave the key in theignition switch in the MARposition with the engine offto avoid unnecessary con-

sumption of electricity which coulddrain the battery.

Contact a Lancia Dealership if youstill cannot start the engine.

IMPORTANT Never leave the ignitionkey to MAR when the engine is off.

PROCEDURE FORMULTIJET VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:❒ apply the handbrake;

❒ put the gear lever into neutral;

❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;warning lights m,U and Y;

115

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NG

AND

DRIV

ING

❒ will light up on the instrumentpanel; wait for warning lights Yand m to go out. This will hap-pen faster when the engine iswarm;

❒ press the clutch pedal all the waydown without touching the accel-erator;

❒ turn the ignition key to AVV assoon as the warning light m turnsoff. Waiting too long will waste thework done by the glow plugs. Re-lease the key as soon as the enginestarts.

IMPORTANT With the engine cold,the accelerator must be entirely re-leased when turning the ignition keyto position AVV.

If the engine does not start at the firstattempt, return the ignition key toSTOP before repeating starting.

If, when the ignition key is at MAR ,the instrument panel warning lightY remains lit, turn the key to STOPand then back to MAR; if the warn-ing lights remain on, try with theother keys provided with the car.

Contact a Lancia Dealership if youstill cannot start the engine.

HOW TO WARM UP THEENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUSTSTARTED (petrol and Multijetengines)

Proceed as follows:

❒ drive off slowly, letting the engineturn at medium speed. Acceleratesmoothly;

❒ do not demand maximum perfor-mance for the first few kilometres.Wait until the engine coolant gaugestarts moving.

Warning light m willblink for 60 seconds afterstarting or during pro-longed cranking to indicate

a fault to the glow plug heating sys-tem. Use the car normally if the en-gine starts and go to a Lancia Deal-ership as soon as possible.

STOPPING THE ENGINE

Turn the ignition to STOP while the en-gine is idling.

IMPORTANT After a taxing drive,you should allow the engine to “catchits breath” before turning it off by let-ting it idle to allow the temperature inthe engine compartment to fall.

Never jump start the engineby pushing, towing or dri-ving downhill. This couldcause a flow of fuel into the

catalytic converter and damage itbeyond repair.

A quick burst on the accel-erator before turning off theengine serves absolutely nopractical purpose, it wastes

fuel and is damaging especially toturbocharged engines.

IMPORTANT Never leave the ignitionkey to MAR when the engine is off.

116

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AN

D DR

IVIN

GPARKING THEVEHICLEProceed as follows:

❒ Stop the engine and engage thehandbrake;

❒ Engage a gear (on a slope, engagefirst gear if the vehicle is faced up-hill or reverse if it is faced down-hill) and leave the wheels steered.

If the car is parked on a steep slope,it is further advisable to block thewheels with a wedge or stone. Avoidparking for a long time with onewheel on the pavement or steeredagainst the curb. Do not leave the keyin the ignition switch at MAR to pre-vent draining the battery. Always re-move the key when you leave the car.

HANDBRAKE

The handbrake lever is located be-tween the two front seats.

Pull the lever upwards to operate thehandbrake.

Four or five notches are normally suf-ficient to lock the car on flat terrain,while nine or ten may be necessary ona steep slope with the car loaded.

IMPORTANT If this is not the case,contact Lancia Dealership to have thehandbrake adjusted.

When the handbrake lever is pulledup and the ignition key is at MAR, theinstrument panel warning light xwill turn on.

Proceed as follows to release thehandbrake:

❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press release button A-fig. 1;

❒ hold the button A pressed andlower the lever; the warning lightx on the instrument panel will goout.

Press the brake pedal when carryingout this operation to prevent the carfrom moving accidentally.

IMPORTANT if the handbrake levertends to reach end of stroke (grooveon the central tunnel), go to a Lanciadealership to have the handbrake ad-justed correctly.

fig. 1 L0D0149m

Never leave children unat-tended in the car. Alwaysremove the ignition keywhen leaving the car and

take it out with you.

117

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NG

AND

DRIV

ING

USING THEMECHANICALGEARBOXTo engage the gears, press the clutchpedal fully and shift the gear leverinto one of the required positions (thediagram is shown on the knob).

IMPORTANT Reverse may only beengaged when the car is at a stand-still. With the engine running, wait forat least 2 seconds with the clutchpedal fully pressed before engagingreverse to prevent damage to the gearsand grating.

To engage 6th gear (for versions/markets, where provided), operate thelever by pressing it towards the rightin order to avoid engaging 4th gear bymistake. The action is similar forshifting from 6th gear to 5th gear.

To engage reverse R from the neutralposition, lift the sliding ring A-fig. 2-3 under the knob and at the sametime move the lever rightwards andthen back (petrol versions only). ForMultijet versions, simply move thelever rightwards and then back.

fig. 2 L0D0150m

fig. 3 L0D0360m

Do not drive with yourhand resting on the gearlever, because this pressure,even if light, over time can

wear out the gearbox inner compo-nents.

Press the clutch pedalfully to change gears cor-

rectly. For this reason, there mustbe no obstacles on the floor underthe pedals: ensure that rubber mats(if any) are correctly positioned,not interfering with the pedals.

WARNING

118

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AN

D DR

IVIN

GCONTAININGRUNNING COSTSHere are some suggestions which mayhelp you to keep the running costs ofyour vehicle down and lower theamount of toxic emissions releasedinto the atmosphere.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

Car maintenanceHave checks and adjustments carriedout in accordance with the “Serviceschedule”.

Tyres

Check tyre pressure regularly at leastonce every four weeks: excessively lowpressure will increase consumptionbecause rolling resistance will behigher.

Unnecessary loads

Do not travel with an overloadedboot. The weight of the car (especiallywhen driving in town) and its trimgreatly affects consumption and sta-bility.

Roof rack/ski rack

Remove the roof rack or the ski rackfrom the roof after use. These acces-sories decrease aerodynamic penetra-tion of the car and have a negative ef-fect on consumption. It is better to usea trailer to transport particularlybulky objects.

Electric devices

Use electric devices only for theamount of time needed. Rear heatedwindow, additional headlights, wind-screen wipers and heater fan need aconsiderable amount of energy, there-fore increasing the requirement ofcurrent increases fuel consumption(up to +25% in the urban cycle).

Climate control

The climate control system requireshigher fuel consumption (up to +20%in average): use the air vents when theexternal temperature allows to.

Spoilers

The use of non-certified aerodynamicitems may adversely affect air dragand fuel consumption levels.

DRIVING STYLE

Starting

Do not warm the engine up with thecar standing: the engine warms upvery slowly in these conditions, in-creasing consumption and emissions.It is advisable to start off immediatelyand slowly keeping the engine speeddown: the engine will warm up muchfaster this way.

Unnecessary actions

Avoid revving up when starting attraffic lights or before stopping theengine. The latter action, like dou-bling the clutch, is unnecessary andcauses increase of consumption andpollution.

Gear selection

Use a higher gear as soon as trafficand road conditions allow. Using alow gear for faster acceleration will in-crease consumption.

In the same way improper use of ahigh gear increases consumption,emissions an engine wear.

119

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NG

AND

DRIV

ING

Top speed

Fuel consumption considerably in-creases as speed increases. Keep yourspeed as even as possible, avoidingunnecessary braking and accelerationwhich cause excessive fuel consump-tion and increase emissions.

Acceleration

Sudden acceleration has a very nega-tive effect on consumptions and emis-sions: accelerate gradually and do notgo over the maximum torque ratio.

CONDITIONS OF USE

Cold starting

Short distances and frequent coldstart-ups will prevent the engine fromreaching optimal running tempera-ture. Consequently, both consumption(from +15 to +30% on urban cycle )and emissions will increase.

Traffic and road conditions

Rather high consumption is caused byheavy traffic, for instance when trav-elling in a queue with frequent use oflow gears or in cities with many traf-fic lights. Mountain and rough roadsalso have a negative effect on con-sumption.

Traffic hold-ups

During prolonged hold-ups (levelcrossings) the engine should beswitched off.

TOWING TRAILERS

IMPORTANT NOTES

The car must be provided with atype-approved tow hitch and ade-quate electric system to tow caravansor trailers. Installation must be per-formed by specialised personnel whowill issue the required papers for trav-elling on roads.

Install any specific and/or additionalrearview mirrors as specified by theHighway Code.

Remember that when towing a trailer,steep hills are harder to climb, thebraking spaces increase and overtak-ing takes longer depending on theoverall weight.

Engage a low gear when drivingdownhill, rather than constantly us-ing the brake.

120

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AN

D DR

IVIN

GThe weight of the trailer on the car’stow hitch will reduce the loading ca-pacity of the car by the same amount.Consider the weight of the car at fullload, including accessories and luggageto make sure you do not exceed themaximum towable weight (shown onthe log book).

Respect the speed limits specific foreach country for vehicles towing trail-ers. In all cases, the top speed mustnot exceed 100 km/h.

The ABS with which thecar may be equipped will

not control the braking system ofthe trailer. Particular caution isrequired on slippery roads.

WARNING

Never modify the brakingsystem of the car to control

the trailer brake. The trailer brak-ing system must be fully indepen-dent from the hydraulic system ofthe car.

WARNING

INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK

The towing device should be fastenedto the body by specialised personnelaccording to any additional and/or in-tegrative information supplied by theManufacturer of the device.

The towing device must meet currentregulations with reference to94/20/EC Directive and subsequentamendments.

For any version the towing deviceused must match the towable weightof the car on which it is to be in-stalled.

For the electric connection a unifiedconnector should be used which isgenerally placed on a special bracketnormally fastened to the towing de-vice, and a special ECU for externaltrailer light control shall be installedon the car.

For the electric connection, 7 or 13pin 12VDC connection is to be used(CUNA/UNI and ISO/DIN Stan-dards). Follow the instructions pro-vided by the car manufacturer and/orthe tow hitch manufacturer.

An electric brake should be supplieddirectly by the battery through a ca-ble with a cross section of no less than2.5 mm2,5.

IMPORTANT Electric brake or otherdevice shall be used with running en-gine.

In addition to the electric branches,the car’s electric system can only beconnected to the supply cable for anelectric brake and to the cable for aninternal light, though not above 15W.

For connections use the preset controlunit with battery cable no less than2.5 mm2.

121

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NG

AND

DRIV

ING

hole

s

load

Existing

Standard ball

fig. 4

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM fig. 4

The tow hook structure must be fastened in the pointsshown by the symbol Ø using a total of 4 M8 screws, 2M10 screws and 2 M12 screws.

The hook should be fastened to the body avoiding anytype of drilling and trimming of the rear bumpers that re-mains visible when the hook is removed.

IMPORTANT It is compulsory to fasten a label (plainlyvisible) of suitable size and material with the followingwording:

MAX LOAD ON BALL 60 kg

After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed toprevent exhaust gas inlet.

WARNING

L0D0256m

> 318 ± 5

122

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AN

D DR

IVIN

GSNOW TYRESUse snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.

Lancia Dealership will be happy toprovide advice concerning the mostsuitable type of tyre for the customer’srequirements.

For the type of tyre to be used, infla-tion pressures and the specificationsof snow tyres, follow the instructionsgiven in paragraph “Wheels” in sec-tion “Technical specifications”.

The performance of these tyres is con-siderably reduced when the treaddepth is less than 4 mm. Replacethem in this case.

Due to their specific features, the per-formance of snow tyres is much lowerthan that of normal types in normalconditions or long motorwaystretches. Limit performance accord-ing the use for which they were ap-proved.

IMPORTANT When snow tyres areused with a max speed index belowthe one that can be reached by the car(increased by 5%), place a notice inthe passenger’s compartment, plainlyin the driver’s view which states themax permissible speed of the snowtyres (as per EC Directive).

All four tyres should be the same(brand and track) to ensure greatersafety when driving and braking andbetter driveability.

Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation oftyres.

The top speed of a “T”type snow tyre is 190

km/h. Respect the highway code inall cases.

WARNING

123

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NG

AND

DRIV

ING

SNOW CHAINSUse of snow chains should be in com-pliance with local regulations.

The snow chains may be applied onlyonto the front wheel tyres (drivewheels). Use of Lineaccessori Lanciasnow chains is recommended.

Check the tension of the chains afterthe first few metres have been driven.

IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot befitted on the space saver wheel. Incase of puncture to a front tyre, re-place a rear wheel using the spacesaver spare and fit the normal sizewheel on the front axle. In this way,you can fit snow chains on the twofront wheels.

The tyres which are suitable for fitting snow chains and the typeof chain which can be used are shown in the table above. Followindications carefully.

Keep your speed down when snow chains are fitted. Do notexceed 50 km/h. Avoid potholes, steps and pavements andalso avoid driving long distances on roads not covered withsnow in order to prevent damaging the car and the roadbed.

Tyres suitable for fitting Chain typesnow chains to be used

185/65 R14 86T

195/60 R15 88T

Chains cannot be fitted on205/50 R16 87V tyres.

WARNING

Normal size snow chains with maximum protrusion beyond tyre

profile equal to 12 mm.

124

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AN

D DR

IVIN

GCAR INACTIVITYIf the car is to be left inactive forlonger than a month, the followingprecautions should be noted:

❒ park the car in covered, dry and ifpossible well-ventilated premises;

❒ engage a gear;

❒ check that the handbrake is notengaged;

❒ disconnect the negative batteryterminal and check battery charge.Repeat this check once every threemonths during storage. Rechargethe battery if the optical indicatorshows a dark colour without thecentral green area;

❒ clean and protect the painted partsusing protective wax;

❒ clean and protect the shiny metalparts using special compoundsreadily available;

❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rub-ber windscreen and rear windowwiper blades and lift them off theglass;

❒ slightly open the windows;

❒ cover the car with a fabric or per-forated plastic terrapin. Do not usecompact plastic sheets which do notallow humidity to evaporate fromthe surface of the car.

❒ inflate tyres to a pressure of +0,5bar above the normal specifiedpressure and check it at intervals;

❒ if you don’t disconnect the batteryfrom the electric system, check itscharge every month and recharge itif the optical indicator shows a darkcolour without the central greenarea;

❒ do not drain the engine cooling sys-tem.

125

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

WARNING LIGHTS AND MESSAGES

GENERAL WARNINGS..................................... 126

LOW BRAKE FLUID LEVEL ........................... 126

HANDBRAKE APPLIED.................................... 126

AIRBAG FAILURE ............................................ 126

HOT ENGINE COOLANT ............................... 127

LOW BATTERY CHARGE ............................... 127

LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ............................. 128

EXHAUSTED OIL ........................................... 128

“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM ........................................ 128

DOOR OPEN .................................................... 128

SEAT BELT REMINDER....................................... 128

EBD FAILURE ................................................. 129

INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE ....................... 129

EOBD ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE .......................................................... 129

FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED.. 130

ABS FAILURE .................................................. 130

FUEL RESERVE .............................................. 130

GLOW PLUGS ................................................. 131

GLOW PLUG FAILURE ................................... 131

WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ................ 131

LANCIA CODE PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE ......................................................... 131

REAR FOG LIGHTS ......................................... 131

GENERIC INDICATION ................................... 132

WORN BRAKE PADS ...................................... 133

OBSTRUCTED PARTICULATE TRAP ............. 133

SIDE, TAILLIGHTS AND DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS .................................................. 133

FOLLOW ME HOME ....................................... 133

FOG LIGHTS .................................................. 133

LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR .......... 134

RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ........ 134

“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM ON .................................. 134

CRUISE CONTROL ........................................ 134

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ............................. 134

POSSIBLE ICE ON ROAD ................................ 134

LIMITED RANGE ............................................. 134

GSI INDICATORS.............................................. 134

126

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

SPIE

E M

ESSA

GGI

GENERAL WARNINGSWarning lights are associated to a spe-cific message and/or buzzer when ap-plicable. Indications are brief and pre-cautionary and as such must non beconsidered as exhaustive and/or alter-native to the information contained inthe Owner’s Handbook, which you arerecommended to read carefully in allcases. Refer to the information in thischapter in the event of a failure in-dication .IMPORTANT Failure indications onthe display fall into either of two cat-egories: serious faults and less seri-ous faults.A warning cycle will be repeated incase of severe failures until the caseof the problem is eliminated.A shorter warning cycle will be run incase of less severe faults.Press MODE to stop the warning cy-cle in both cases. The warning lighton the instrument panel will stay onuntil the cause of the fault is elimi-nated.

LOW BRAKE FLUID(red)

HANDBRAKE ON (red)

When the ignition key is moved toMAR, the warning light turns on andshould go off after a few seconds.

Low brake fluid level

The warning light comes on when thelevel of the brake fluid in the reservoirfalls below the minimum level due topossible leaks in the circuit.

The display will show the dedicatedmessage.

xHandbrake on

The warning light turns on when thehandbrake is on.

On certain versions, if the car is mov-ing the buzzer will also sound.

IMPORTANT If the warning lightturns on when travelling, check thatthe handbrake is not engaged.

AIRBAG FAILURE (red)

When the ignition key ismoved to MAR, the warn-

ing light turns on and shouldgo off after a few seconds.

The warning light stays on steady ifthere is a failure in the airbag system.


¬

If the warning light xturns on when travelling

(with the message on the display)stop the car immediately and con-tact Lancia Dealership.

WARNING

127

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

If when turning the key toMAR the warning light ¬

does not turn on or if it stays onwhen travelling (together with themessage on the multifunctionaldisplay, where provided) therecould be a failure in safety sys-tems; in this event air bags or pre-tensioners may not be deployed incase of impact or, in a minor num-ber of cases, they be deployed ac-cidentally. Contact Lancia Dealer-ship immediately to have the sys-tem checked.

Failure of warning light ¬is indicated by warning

light“which will blink for longerthan the normal 4 seconds indicat-ing that the front passenger airbagis off. The airbag system will au-tomatically deactivate the passen-ger airbag (front and side, for ver-sions/markets, where provided). Inthis case, warning light ¬may notindicate fault to the system. Con-tact Lancia Dealership immedi-ately to have the system checked.

WARNING

WARNING

HOT ENGINE COOLANT(red)

When the ignition key ismoved to MAR, the warning

light turns on and should go off aftera few seconds.

The warning light turns on when theengine is overheated.

If the warning light comes on, proceedas follows:

❒ during normal travel: stop thecar, stop the engine and check thatthe water level in the vessel is notunder the MIN line. In this case,wait for a few minutes for the en-gine to cool down when slowly andcarefully open the cap, top-up withcoolant and check that the level isbetween the MIN and MAX refer-ences on the vessel itself. Also checkfor leakages. Go to a Lancia Deal-ership if the warning should comeon when the engine is started again.

u❒ In the case of demanding use

(e.g. towing trailers uphill or car atfull load): slow down and stop thecar if the warning light stays on.Stand for 2 or 3 minutes with theengine running and slightly acceler-ated to promote a better circulationof coolant. Then stop the engine.Check correct liquid level as de-scribed above.

IMPORTANT After taxing operation,it is advisable to keep the engine onand slightly accelerated for a few min-utes before switching it off.


LOW BATTERYCHARGE (red)


light turns on and should go out assoon as the engine is started (with theengine running at idle speed a briefdelay in going out is allowed). Go toa Lancia Dealership immediately ifthe warning light stays on.

w

128

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

SPIE

E M

ESSA

GGI

LOW ENGINE OILPRESSURE (red)

EXHAUSTED OIL (red)(Multijet versions with DPF)

Low engine oil pressure

When the ignition key is moved toMAR, the warning light turns on andshould go out as soon as the engine isstarted.


v

Exhausted oil

The warning light turns on andflashes along with the message on thedisplay when the system detects thatthe engine oil is exhausted.

After the first indication, at each en-gine starting the warning light vwill go on flashing for about 60 sec-onds and then every 2 hours until oilis changed.

If the warning light vturns on when travelling

(with the message on the display)stop the car immediately and con-tact Lancia Dealership.

WARNING

If warning light vflashes, contact Lancia

Dealership as soon as possible tohave oil changed and instrumentpanel warning light turned off.

WARNING

“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM(red)

This warning light comes on when theignition key is turned to MAR, but itshould go off after a few seconds.

The electric power steering systemwill not work when the warning lightis on and considerably more effort isneeded on the steering wheel. The carcan still be steered: go to a LanciaDealership.


g

DOOR OPEN (red)

On certain versions thewarning light turns on

when one or more doors orthe tailgate are not properly closed.

The display will show a dedicatedmessage.

A buzzer will sound when doors/tailgate are open and the car is mov-ing.

´

SEAT BELTSREMINDER (red) (for versions/markets,where provided)

The warning light on the display willlight up when the car is moving andthe driver’s seat belt is not correctlyfastened. The warning light will blinkand a buzzer will sound if the frontseat belts are not correctly fastened.The buzzer of the SBR (Seat Belt Re-minder) system may only be switchedoff by a Lancia Dealership. The sys-tem can be reactivated by means ofthe setup menu.

<

129

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

>EBD FAILURE(red)(amber)

Warning lights x and > lit at thesame time with the engine running in-dicates an EBD system failure or thatthe system is not available. Earlylocking of the rear wheels may occurin the event of violent braking caus-ing the car to swerve. Drive very care-fully to a Lancia Dealership to havethe system inspected.


x

INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE(Multijet versions -amber)

SYSTEM FAILUREEOBD ENGINE CONTROL (petrolversions - amber)

Injection system failure

When the ignition key is moved toMAR, the warning light turns on andshould go out as soon as the engine isstarted.

If the warning light stays on or turnson when travelling, means a fault inthe supply/ignition system whichcould cause high emissions at the ex-haust, possible lack of performance,poor handling and high consumptionlevels.


In these conditions, you may continuetravelling at moderate speed withoutdemanding excessive effort from theengine. Go to a Lancia Dealership assoon as possible.

EOBD engine control systemfailure

In normal conditions, when the igni-tion key is moved to MAR, the warn-ing light turns on and should go offafter engine start-up. This indicatesthat the warning light is working cor-rectly. If the warning light either stayson or comes on while travelling:

❒ steady light: a fault in the sup-ply/ignition system which couldcause high emissions at the ex-haust, possible lack of perfor-mance, poor handling and highconsumption levels.

U


In these conditions, you may continuetravelling at moderate speed withoutdemanding excessive effort from theengine. Prolonged use of the car withthe warning light on may cause dam-age. Go to a Lancia Dealership assoon as possible. If warning light willgo out after the fault goes away but itwill be stored in the system.

❒ blinking light: indicates the possi-bility of damage to the catalyser(see “EOBD system” in section“Dashboard and controls”).

If the light flashes, release the accel-erator pedal to lower the speed of theengine until the warning light stopsflashing; continue the journey at mod-erate speed, trying to avoid drivingconditions that may cause furtherflashing and contact Lancia Dealer-ship as soon as possible.

130

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

SPIE

E M

ESSA

GGI

Go to a Lancia Dealershipas soon as possible if warn-ing light U either does notlight up when the key is

turned to MAR to if while travellingthe warning lights comes on eithersteady or blinking (along with amessage on the multifunctional dis-play, where provided). The opera-tion of warning light U may bechecked by the traffic police usingspecific devices. Follow the laws inforce in the country where you aredriving.

FRONT PASSENGERAIRBAGDEACTIVATED(amber)

Warning light “ comes on when frontpassenger’s airbag is deactivated.

With the front passenger’s airbag on,when the ignition key is moved toMAR, the warning light “ comes onsteadily for about 4 seconds; then, itcontinues to flash for 4 seconds andfinally goes off.

“

Failure of the warninglight “ is indicated by

warning light ¬. The airbag sys-tem will automatically deactivatethe passenger airbag (front andside, “). Contact Lancia Dealershipimmediately to have the systemchecked.

WARNING

ABS SYSTEM FAILURE(amber)



The warning light will light up whenthe system is either not working or notavailable. In the case, the braking sys-tem will work as normal without theextra potentials offered by the ABSsystem. Drive carefully and go to aLancia Dealership as soon as possible.


>

FUEL RESERVE(amber)



The warning light turns on whenabout 6/7 litres fuel are left in thetank.

IMPORTANT The warning light willblink to indicate a system failure. Goto a Lancia Dealership to have thesystem checked.

K

131

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

GLOW PLUGWARMING(Multijet versions -amber)

GLOW PLUG FAILURE (Multijet versions -amber)

Glow plugs

The warning light will go on when thekey is turned to MAR. It will go outas soon as the glow plugs havereached a predetermined tempera-ture. Start the engine as soon as thewarning light goes out.

IMPORTANT With hot ambient tem-perature, warning light stays on forvery short time.

Glow plug warming failure

The warning light will blink in theevent of a failure to the glow plugheating system. Go to a Lancia Deal-ership as soon as possible.


m

WATER IN DIESELFUEL FILTER (Multijetversions - amber)

When the ignition key ismoved to MAR, the warning lightturns on and should go off after a fewseconds.

The warning light cturns on whenthere is water in the diesel fuel filter.


c

The presence of water in thefeeding circuit may causesevere damage to the injec-tion system and irregular

engine operation. If warning light clights up (on some versions with themessage on the display), go to aLancia Dealership as soon as pos-sible to have the system bled. Watermay have been introduced in thetank if this appears immediately af-ter refuelling: in this case, stop theengine immediately and contact aLancia Dealership.

LANCIA CODEPROTECTION SYSTEMFAILURE (amber)

Turning the key to MAR, thewarning light flashes once and thengoes off.

If with the ignition key at MAR, thewarning light stays on, this indicatesa possible failure (see “Lancia Codesystem” in section “Dashboard andcontrols”).

IMPORTANT The turning on at thesame time of the U andY warninglights indicates a failure of the LanciaCODE system.

If with the engine running the warn-ing light Y flashes, this means thatthe car is not protected by the engineimmobilizer device (see “Lancia Codesystem” in section “Dashboard andcontrols”).

Contact Lancia Dealership to have allthe key stored.

Y

REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)

The warning light comes onwhen the rear fog lights are

on.

4

132

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

SPIE

E M

ESSA

GGI

GENERIC INDICATION (amber)

The warning light turns onin the following circum-

stances.

Exterior lights failure

The warning light will come on (someversions only) when a fault to one ofthe following lights is detected:

– side/taillights

– brake lights (excluding third brakelight)

– rear fog lights

– direction indicators

– number plate lights.

The fault may be caused by: one ormore burnt lamps, a blow protectionfuse or interruption of the electricalconnection.


èObstructed particulate trap (for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light turns on when thediesel particulate trap is clogged andthe driving conditions do not enableto activate automatically the regener-ation procedure.

To allow the regeneration procedure,keep the car running until the warn-ing light turns off.


Engine oil pressure sensorfailure

The warning light turns on when fail-ure is detected in parking sensors. Goto a Lancia Dealership as soon as pos-sible.

Rain/dusk sensor failure

The warning light comes on when adusk/rain sensor failure is detected.Go to a Lancia Dealership as soon aspossible.


Fuel cut-off switch tripped

The warning light comes on when thefuel cut-off switch trips.


Speed limit exceeded

The display will show the dedicatedmessage when the car exceeds the setspeed limit (see “Multifunctional Dis-play” in section “Dashboard and con-trols”).

133

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GW

ARNI

NGLI

GHTS

AND

MES

SAGE

S

WORN BRAKE PADS(amber)

The warning light turns onif the front brake pads are

worn; in this case have them changedas soon as possible.


dOBSTRUCTEDPARTICULATE TRAP(1.3 Multijet 90 HP -

1.3 Multijet 95 HPversions) (amber)


The warning light turns on when thediesel particulate trap is clogged andthe driving conditions do not enableto activate automatically the regener-ation procedure.

To allow the regeneration procedure,keep the car running until the warn-ing light turns off.


h

SIDE/TAIL LIGHTSAND LOW BEAMS(green)

FOLLOW ME HOME (green)

Side/tail lights and low beams

The warning light comes on whenside/tail lights or low beams areturned on.

Follow me home

The warning light will turn when thisdevice is active (see “Follow mehome” in section “Dashboard andcontrols”).


3

FOG LIGHTS (green)

The warning light comes onwhen the fog lights are on.5

134

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

SPIE

E M

ESSA

GGI

LEFT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green -

blinking)

The warning light turns on when thedirection indicator control lever ismoved downwards or, together withthe right indicator, when the hazardwarning light button is pressed.

F

RIGHT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green -

blinking)

The warning light turns on when thedirection indicator control lever ismoved upwards or, together with theleft indicator, when the hazard warn-ing light button is pressed.

D

“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING SYSTEM ON (symbol on display)

The message CITY lights up on the display when the “Dualdrive” electricpower steering system is turned on bypressing the corresponding controlbutton. Press the button again to turnthe CITY indication off.

CITY

CRUISE CONTROL(green)(for versions/markets, whereprovided)


The warning light is lit up on the dis-play by rotating the Cruise Control se-lector wheel to ON.


Ü

MAIN BEAMHEADLIGHTS (blue)

The warning light turns onwhen the main beams are

turned on.

POSSIBLE ICE ON ROAD

When the external temperaturereaches or drops under 3 °C, to indi-cate the possible presence of ice on theroad. Symbol ❄ will appear on thedisplay, with a warning message andthe temperature indication will startblinking.

1

LIMITED RANGE

A message will appear on the displayto inform the driver that the remain-ing range is less than 50 kilometres(30 miles) or that there are less than4 litres of fuel in the tank.

135

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

IN AN EMERGENCY

OPENING/CLOSING THE DOORS ................... 136

STARTING THE ENGINE ................................ 136

Automatic FIX & GO QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT ..................................................... 138

REPLACING A WHEEL ................................... 142

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ........ 147

REPLACING EXTERIOR BULBS ..................... 150

REPLACING AN INTERIOR BULB .................. 155

REPLACING FUSES ........................................ 156

IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT .............................. 162

LIFTING THE CAR .......................................... 162

TOWING THE CAR .......................................... 163

In an emergency we recommend that you call the toll-free number found on the Warranty Booklet. You will go to our web site at www.Lancia.com

to find the Lancia Dealership nearest to you.

136

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

OPENING/CLOSINGTHE DOORS

Emergency device for openingthe doors from the outside

The doors are provided with a devicefor locking all the door using the lockin case of a power fault.

Proceed as follows to lock the doors:

❒ insert the ignition key in lock B-fig. 1

❒ turn the device to position 1 andclose the door.

fig. 1 L0D0247m

STARTING THE ENGINE

JUMP STARTING

If the battery is flat, the engine maybe started using an auxiliary batterywith the same capacity or a littlehigher than the flat one.

Proceed as follows to start the engine:

❒ connect the positive terminals (+sign near terminal) of both batter-ies using a lead;

To reopen the doors:

❒ insert the key in the lock on dri-ver’s side and turn it anticlockwise

❒ open the driver’s door

❒ operate the door levers from theinside of the vehicle for the re-maining doors.

137

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

❒ With a second lead, connect thenegative terminal (–) of the auxil-iary battery to an earthing point Eon the engine or the gearbox of thecar to be started;

❒ start the engine;

❒ when the engine has been started,remove the leads reversing the or-der above. If engine fails to startagain do not attempt any furtherand call a Lancia Dealership.

IMPORTANT Never connect the neg-ative terminals of the two batteries di-rectly: sparks could ignite explosivegas released from the battery. If theauxiliary battery is installed on an-other car, prevent accidental contactbetween metallic parts of the two cars.

fig. 2 L0D0396m

This procedure must beperformed by expert per-

sonnel because incorrect actionsmay cause electrical discharge ofconsiderable intensity. Further-more, battery fluid is poisonousand corrosive: avoid contact withyour skin and eyes. Keep nakedflames away from the battery. Nosmoking. Do not cause sparks.

WARNING

Never use a rapid batterycharger to jump start theengine: this could damagethe electronic systems and

the engine ignition and injectioncontrol units.

138

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

BUMP STARTING

Never bump start the engine by push-ing, towing or driving downhill. Thiscould cause a flow of fuel into the cat-alytic converter and damage it beyondrepair.

IMPORTANT Remember that thebrake servo and the electric powersteering system are not activated un-til the engine is started, a greater ef-fort will therefore be required to pressthe brake pedal or turn the steeringwheel.

Indicate that the car isstanding according to the

laws in force: emergency lights, re-fracting warning triangle, etc. Pas-sengers should leave the car, partic-ularly if it is very loaded, and waitfor the wheel to be changed awayfrom on-coming traffic. Arrangewedges or other suitable materialunder the wheels to block the car onslopes or rough roads.

WARNING Automatic FIX & GOQUICK TYREREPAIR KIT(for versions/markets, where provided)

The automatic Fix & Go quick tyrerepair kit fig. 3 is placed in the boot.

The kit includes:

❒ bottle A containing sealer and fit-ted with:

– filling pipe B;

– an adhesive label C with themessage “max. 80 km/h” to beapply in a position clearly visi-ble by the driver (on the dash-board) after repairing the tyre;

❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 4), tobe used for prompt and proper useof the quick repair kit and to bethen handed to the personnelcharged with handling the treatedtyre;

139

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

fig. 3 L0D0361m

fig. 4 L0D0362m

❒ compressor D including gauge andconnections;

❒ a pair of protection gloves locatedin the side space of the compressor;

❒ adapters for inflating different ele-ments.

The quick repair kit container in theboot under the mat also contains thescrewdriver and tow rings.

Give the instruction book-let to the tyre repair work-

shop personnel.

WARNING

IMPORTANT Do not use the quickrepair kit if the tyre was damaged byrunning on a flat.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION:

The sealing fluid of the quick tyre re-pair kit is effective with external tem-peratures between 20 °C –and +50 °C.

The sealing fluid will expire.

The kit cannot be used torepair damage to the tyre

sidewall. Do not use the quick re-pair kit if the tyre was damaged byrunning on a flat.

The damage cannot be repairedwith the kit if the wheel rim isdamaged (deformation of the chan-nel causing leakage of air). Do notremove the foreign body (screw ornail) from the tyre.

Do not operate the compressor forlonger than 20 consecutive min-utes. Risk of overheating. Thequick repair kit is not suitable fordefinitive repairs. The tyres mayonly be repaired temporarily.

WARNING

In the event of a puncturecaused by foreign bodies,the kit may be used to re-pair tyres showing dam-

ages on the track or shoulder up tomax 4 mm diameter.

Replace the cylinder con-taining the sealant after theexpiration date. Dispose ofthe cylinder and the sealant

liquid properly. Dispose according tothe national and local laws in force.

140

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

INFLATION PROCEDURE

❒ Ensure that the handbrake isup. Undo the tyre valve cap, ex-tract the inflation tube A-fig. 5 andtighten the ring nut B on the tyrevalve;

fig. 5 L0D0484m

Put on the protectiongloves provided together

with quick tyre repair kit.

WARNING

The cylinder containsethyl glycol. Contains la-

tex: may cause an allergic reaction.Harmful if swallowed. Irritant forthe eye. May cause sensitization byinhalation or contact. Avoid con-tact with your eyes, skin andclothes. In the event of contact,wash immediately with plenty ofwater. Do not induce vomit if swal-lowed. Rinse your mouth anddrink plenty of water. Call a doc-tor immediately. Keep away fromchildren. The product must not beused by asthmatics. Do not breathin the vapours during insertion andsuction. Call a doctor immediatelyif allergic reactions are noted.Store the cylinder in the specificcompartment, away from sourcesof heat.

WARNING

❒ make sure that the switch D-fig. 6 of the compressor is in posi-tion 0 (off), start the engine, insertplug A-fig. 7 into the cigar lighter(or 12V socket) and operate thecompressor by taking the switchD to position I (on). Inflate thetyre to the pressure specified in the“Inflation pressure” paragraph,“Technical Specifications” chap-ter.

fig. 6 L0D0364m

fig. 7 L0D0177m

141

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

For a more accurate reading,check pressure gauge F-fig. 6 withthe compressor off;

❒ if after 5 minutes it is still impossi-ble to reach at least 1.5 bar, disen-gage compressor from valve andcurrent outlet, then move the carforth for approx. ten metres in or-der to distribute the sealing fluidinside the tyre evenly, then repeatthe inflation operation;

❒ If after this operation it is still im-possible after 5 minutes to reach atleast 1.8 bar, do not start drivingsince the tyre is excessively dam-aged and the quick tyre repair kitcannot guarantee suitable sealing,contact Lancia Dealership.

fig. 8 L0D0485m

Apply the adhesive label ina position clearly visible

by the driver as a reminder thatthe tyre has been treated with thequick repair kit. Drive carefully,particularly on bends. Do not ex-ceed 80 km/h. Do not accelerate orbrake suddenly.

WARNING

Stop if the pressure hasdropped to less than 1.8

bars: the automatic Fix & Go quickrepair kit cannot work properlybecause the tyre is excessivelydamaged. Go to a Lancia Dealer-ship.

WARNING

❒ if reaching the tyre pressure speci-fied in paragraph “Inflation pres-sure” in section “Technical Specifi-cations”, start driving immediately;

❒ after driving for about 10 minutesstop and check again the tyre pres-sure; pull up the handbrake;

❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read,restore proper pressure (with en-gine running and handbrake on)and restart;

❒ drive with the utmost care to thenearest Lancia Dealership.

FOR CHECKING ANDRESTORING PRESSURE ONLY

The compressor may also be used forrestoring pressure only. Release thequick coupling and connect directlyto the tyre valve; in this way, thecylinder will not be connected to thecompressor and no sealant will be in-jected.

142

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CANISTER REPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

To replace the canister, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ disconnect connection A-fig. 9;

❒ turn anticlockwise the canister toreplace and raise it;

❒ fit the new canister and turn itclockwise;

❒ connect A to the canister and in-sert the transparent tube B in thespecific compartment.

fig. 9 L0D0368m

Remember to inform theworkshop that the tyre has

been treated with a quick repairkit. Give the instruction booklet tothe tyre repair workshop person-nel.

WARNING REPLACINGA WHEEL

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

Wheel changing and correct use of thejack and spare wheel call for someprecautions as listed below.

IMPORTANT Refer to the instructionsin the previous chapter if the car isequipped with “Fix&Go (quick tyrerepair kit)”.

143

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

The spare wheel is specificfor your car. Do not use it

on cars of different models. Do notuse spare wheels of different mod-els on your car. The space saverspare wheel must only be used incase of emergency. Use only for aslong as strictly necessary and driveat a speed slower than 80 km/h. An orange label is affixedon the spare wheel summarisinginstructions and limitations foruse. Never remove or cover the la-bel. Never apply a wheel cup on aspace saver spare. The followinginformation is provided in fourlanguages on the label: Warning!Suitable for temporary use only!80 km/h max! Replace with astandard wheel as soon as possi-ble. Do not cover this label.

WARNINGThe driving features of thecar may change when a

space saver spare wheel is fitted.Avoid sudden acceleration andbraking, sudden steering and fastcornering. The total life of a spacesaver spare wheel is approxi-mately 3000 km, after which itmust be replaced by another wheelof the same type. Never install atraditional tyre on a space saverspare wheel rim. Repair and refitthe standard wheel as soon as pos-sible. Only one space saver sparecan be used at a time. Do not ap-ply grease to the bolt threading be-fore assembly: the bolts could comeloose unexpectedly.

WARNINGThe jack may only be usedto replace wheels on the

car which it equips or other cars ofthe same model. Never use the jackfor other purposes, such as liftingother car models. Never use thejack to carry out repairs under thecar. Incorrect positioning of thejack may cause the car to fall. Donot use the jack for loads higherthan those shown on the label.Snow chains cannot be fitted on aspace saver spare wheel. There-fore, if a front wheel (drive wheel)is punctured and you need to usesnow chains, swap with a rearwheel. In this way, you will havetwo normal wheels on the front onwhich you can fit snow chains andsolve the emergency.

WARNING

144

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Incorrect wheel cup as-sembly may cause it to

come off when the car is travelling.Never tamper with the inflationvalve. Never introduce tools of anykind between rim and tyre. Checktyre and space saver spare wheelpressure regularly referring to thevalues shown in the “TechnicalSpecifications” chapter.

WARNING Important notes:

❒ the jack cannot be repaired: replacewith an original spare part if dam-aged;

❒ no tool other than its cranking de-vice may be fitted on the jack.

To change a wheel proceed as follows:

❒ stop the car in a position so that itis not a danger for on-coming traf-fic and where you can replace thewheel safely. The ground must beflat and compact;

❒ turn the engine off and pull up thehandbrake.

❒ engage first gear or reverse;

❒ lift the boot mat;

❒ loosen the fastening device A-fig.10;

❒ take out the tool container B andtake it near to the wheel to bechanged;

❒ take the space saver spare wheelC;

L0D0161mfig. 10

145

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

fig. 11 L0D0397m

fig. 12 L0D0163m

❒ for cars fitting alloy rims, removethe hub cap using the screwdriverprovided levering in groove E-fig. 11, as shown in the figure;

❒ loosen the bolts of the wheel to bereplaced by about one turn with thewrench provided E-fig. 12; if thecar is fitted with alloy rims, shakethe car to facilitate removing therim from the wheel hub;

❒ operate the device F- fig. 13 to ex-pand the jack, until the groove Gon the upper part of the jack iscorrectly inserted on the loweredge H of the body at indicationI (at approximately 60 cm fromthe front wheel centre or 80 cmfrom the rear wheel centre);

❒ warn anybody nearby that the caris about to be lifted. They muststay clear and not touch the caruntil it is back on the ground;

❒ fit the handle L-fig. 13 to operatethe jack and lift the car until thewheel to be changed is several cen-timetres off the ground;

❒ for versions with wheel cap, removethe wheel cap after loosening thethree fastening bolts and finallyloosen the fourth bolt and extractthe wheel;

❒ for versions with snap fitted wheelcup, remove the cup being carefulnot to damage it;

❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween space saver spare wheel andhub are clean so that the fasteningbolts will not come loose;

L0D0164mfig. 13

146

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

fig. 14 L0D0165m fig. 15 L0D0166m

❒ fit the space saver spare wheelmaking the holes M-fig. 14 coin-cide with the corresponding cen-tring pins N;

❒ using the wrench provided, tightenthe fastening bolts;

❒ turn the jack handle to lower thecar and remove the jack;

❒ use the wrench provided to fastenthe bolts completely in a criss-crossfashion as shown in figure.

REFITTING THESTANDARD WHEEL

Following the procedure describedpreviously, raise the car and removethe space saver spare wheel.

Versions with steel rims

Proceed as follows:

❒ Make sure the contact surfaces be-tween standard wheel and hub areclean so that the fastening boltswill not come loose.

❒ Fit the standard wheel by insertingthe first bolt for two threads intothe hole closest to the inflationvalve.

❒ Fit the wheel cup making thegroove (on the cup) coincide withthe inflation valve and then insertthe other three bolts.

❒ For models with snap-on wheelcup, press the edge of the cup withthe palm of your hands against thewheel (do not hammer).

❒ Using the wrench provided,tighten the fastening bolts.

❒ Lower the car and remove thejack.

❒ using the wrench provided, fullytighten the bolts in the sequenceshown previously in figure fig. 15.

IMPORTANT Incorrect assembly maycause the cup to come off while trav-elling.

147

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Versions with alloy rims

❒ Check that the hub contact sur-faces are clean;

❒ fit the normal wheel centring it onthe pins, lead in the fasteningscrews and tighten them using thewrench provided;

❒ lower the car and remove the jack;

❒ using the wrench provided, fullytighten the bolts in the sequenceshown in fig. 15.

❒ snap fit the wheel cup on the hub.

When you have finished

❒ stow the spare wheel in the spaceprovided in the boot;

❒ fit the jack partially open in itsbox forcing it lightly to prevent itfrom vibrating when travelling;

❒ put the tools back into their placesin the container;

❒ arrange the container and tools inthe spare wheel and secure the fas-tening device;

❒ rearrange the preformed bootcover correctly.

WHEN NEEDINGTO CHANGE ABULBGENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

❒ When a bulb is not working, checkthat the corresponding fuse is in-tact before replacing it: refer to the“If a fuse blows” paragraph in thischapter for fuse location.

❒ before changing a bulb check thecontacts for oxidation;

❒ burnt bulbs must be replaced byothers of the same type and power;

❒ always check the height of theheadlight beam after changing abulb.

Halogen lamps must behandled holding the metal-lic part only. Touching thetransparent part of the bulb

with your fingers may reduce the in-tensity of the emitted light and evencompromise duration of the lamp it-self.

148

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Modifications or repairs tothe fuel feed system that

are not carried out properly or donot take the system’s technicalspecifications into account cancause malfunctions leading to therisk of fire.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs containpressurised gas which, if

broken, may cause small frag-ments of glass to be projected out-wards.

WARNING

BULB TYPES fig. 16

Various types of bulbs are fitted toyour car:

A All glass bulb: clipped into place.Pull to extract.

B Bayonet bulbs: to remove this typeof bulb from its holder, press thebulb and turn it anticlockwise.

C Cylindrical bulbs: release from thecontacts to extract.

D-E Halogen bulbs: release the fas-tening clip from the correspond-ing seat to remove the lamp.

L0D0178mfig. 16

The taillights and thethird brake light fit LEDs.

Contact a Lancia Dealership incase of faults.

WARNING

IMPORTANT A slight misting may ap-pear on the internal surface of theheadlight: this does not indicate a faultand is caused by low temperature andthe degree of humidity in the air. Mist-ing will rapidly disappear when theheadlights are switched on. The pres-ence of drop inside the headlights indi-cates infiltration of water. Go to a Lan-cia Dealership.

149

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Bulbs Figure ref. Type Power

Main beam headlights E H3 55W

Dipped beam headlights D H7LL 55W

Front sidelights A W5WLL 5W

Front fog lights (for versions/markets, where provided) E H1 55W

Front direction indicators (amber) B PY21W 21W

Side direction indicators A WY5W 5W

Rear direction indicators B PY21W 21W

Reversing lights B P21W 21W

Rear fog lights B P21W 21W

Number plate lights C C5W 5W

Front ceiling light A W5W 10W

Rear ceiling light A W5W 10W

Rear ceiling lights (with sunroof) A W5W 5W

Boot light A W5W 5W

150

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

REPLACINGEXTERIOR BULBSFor the type of bulb and power rat-ing, see “When needing to change abulb”.

FRONT LIGHT CLUSTER

The front light clusters contain sidelights, dipped beam, main beam anddirection indicator bulbs.

Remove the protective caps to removethe side lights, the dipped beam andthe main beam headlights.

The bulbs are arranged inside thelight cluster fig. 17 as follows:

C direction indicators

D main beam headlights

E side lights

F dipped beam headlights

After replacing, refit the protectivecaps and check that they are securedwell.

IMPORTANT Remove the enginecompartment fusebox B-fig. 18 to ac-cess the left headlights cover (in di-rection of travel) for replacement.

fig. 17 L0D0398m fig. 18 L0D0125m

151

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 19-20

To change the bulb, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ remove the protective caps;

❒ turn the bulb holder A anticlock-wise and extract it from its seat;

❒ release the two tabs B from theretaining devices, remove the bulbC and replace it;

❒ insert the bulb holder A back inits seat and turn it clockwise.

❒ refit the protective caps correctlyafter replacing.

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 21



❒ release the bulb holder clip A;

❒ disconnect the electric connectorB;

❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb, ensuring that theoutline of the metal part coincideswith the grooves on the curve of theheadlight. Then reconnect the elec-trical connector B and reattach thebulb holder clip A;


fig. 20 L0D0401m fig. 21 L0D0402mfig. 19 L0D0400m

152

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

fig. 22 L0C0403m

DIRECTION INDICATORS

Front fig. 22


❒ turn the bulb holder anticlockwiseA and pull it out;

❒ remove the bulb B by pushing itslightly and turning it in an anti-clockwise direction (bayonetmount);

❒ replace the bulb;

❒ refit the bulb holder by turning itclockwise and locking it properly.

Side fig. 23


❒ lever in the point shown by the ar-row in order to compress the fas-tening spring and extract the unitC;

❒ turn the bulb holder D anticlock-wise, extract the clipped bulb andreplace it;

❒ refit the bulb holder D in the lens,then position the assembly to theunit making sure that the fasten-ing clip clicks.

SIDE LIGHTS fig. 24

To change the bulbs, proceed as fol-lows:


❒ remove snap-fitted bulb holder A,remove the bulb Band replace it;

❒ refit the snap-fitted bulb holder A;


fig. 23 L0C0148m fig. 24 L0C0405m

153

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

FRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 25(for versions/markets, where provided)

Contact a Lancia Dealership to re-place the front fog lights.

fig. 25 L0D0406m

REAR LIGHT CLUSTERS

LEDs are used for the taillights andthe brake lights. Contact a LanciaDealership in case of faults.

To change a direction indicator bulb,proceed as follows:

❒ open the tailgate;

❒ turn the fastening device A anti-clockwise (left flap) or clockwise(right flap) and remove the cover;

❒ disconnect the electric connectorC;

❒ loosen the two fastening nuts B;

❒ to remove the light cluster, pullperpendicularly using the handlepresent on the light cluster body;

❒ press the bulb fastening tabs andextract the bulb;

❒ remove the bulb by pushing itslightly and turning it anticlock-wise;

❒ insert the bulb holder, making surethat the two tabs are correctly fas-tened; insert the light cluster insidethe housing and connect the elec-tric connector C; fasten the twonuts B; fasten the cover makingsure that the tabs are inserted in theseat and turn the fastening deviceA anticlockwise (left flap) or clock-wise (right flap) to secure it.

fig. 26 L0D0187m

fig. 27 L0D0188m

154

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

THIRD BRAKE LIGHTS

The third brake light fits LEDs. Con-tact a Lancia Dealership in case offaults.

fig. 28 L0D0407m

NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS fig. 29a


❒ apply pressure to the point shownby the arrow and remove lens A;

❒ change the bulb B releasing it fromthe side contacts and making surethe new bulb is correctly fastenedbetween the contacts;

❒ withdraw the transparent cover as-sembly.

fig. 29/a L0D0357m fig. 29/b L0D0426m

fig. 29/c L0D0427m

REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 29/b

Go to a Lancia Dealership to replacethe rear fog light.

REVERSING LIGHTS fig. 29/c

Go to a Lancia Dealership to replacethe reversing light.

155

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

fig. 30 L0D0193m

fig. 31 L0D0194m

REPLACING ANINTERIOR BULBFor the type of bulb and power rat-ing, see “When needing to change abulb”.

FRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 30-31


❒ operate in the points shown by thearrows and remove light A;

❒ open the protection lid B;

❒ replace bulbs C releasing themfrom the side contacts; make surethat new bulbs are correctlyclamped between contacts;

❒ close the lid B and secure light Ainto its housing locking it properly. REAR CEILING LIGHT

fig. 32-33


❒ operate in the points shown by thearrows and remove light D;

❒ open the protection lid E;

fig. 32 L0D0195m

❒ change the bulb F releasing it fromthe side contacts and making surethe new bulb is correctly fastenedbetween the contacts;

❒ close the protection lid E and se-cure light D into its housing lock-ing it properly.

fig. 33 L0D0196m

156

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

BOOT LIGHT fig. 34


❒ open the tailgate;

❒ remove the light A levering in thepoint shown by the arrow.

❒ open the protection B and replacethe snap-fitted bulb;

❒ re-close the protective cover B onthe lens;

❒ refit the light A inserting it in itscorrect position firstly on one endand then on the other until itclicks into place.

fig. 34 L0D0197m

REPLACING FUSES

INTRODUCTION fig. 35

The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action(i.e. it cuts off) mainly due to a faultor improper action on the system.

Check the efficiency of the corre-sponding fuse when a device does notwork: the conducting element A mustnot be interrupted. If it is, replace theblown fuse with another with thesame amperage (same colour).

B: intact fuse

C: fuse with damaged filament.

Use the tongs D in the fusebox on thedashboard to change a fuse.

fig. 35 L0D0198m

If a fuse blows again, con-tact a Lancia Dealership.

WARNING

Never replace a fuse withanother of higher amper-age: FIRE RISK.

If a general protection fuse(MEGA-FUSE, MIDI-

FUSE, MAXI-FUSE) blows, con-tact your Lancia Dealership

WARNING

Remove the key from theignition switch and switch

off all loads before replacing afuse.

WARNING

157

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

FUSE LOCATION

The fuses are contained in two dash-boards, one on the dashboard on theleft hand of the steering column andone in the engine compartment nextto the battery.

Dashboard fusebox fig. 37

To access the dashboard fusebox, loosenthe fastening screws A-fig. 36 and thenremove the protection panel B.

L0D0200m

fig. 36 L0D0424m

fig. 37

158

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Fusebox next to the battery fig. 39

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse-box next to the battery, remove theprotection cover B-fig. 38.

L0D0409m

fig. 38 L0D0201m

fig. 39

159

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

FUSE TABLE

Dashboard fusebox USERS FUSE AMPERES

Right dipped beam headlight F12 7.5Left dipped-beam/headlight beam corrector F13 7.5Engine compartment relay/body computer F31 7.5Spare F32 –Left rear window winder F33 20Right rear window winder F34 20+15 Cruise control, brake pedal signal to ECUs, reversing light (*) F35 7.5+30 Trailer ECU setup, rear locks, front locks with single door ECU (*) F36 10+15 Third brake light, instrument panel, brake lights (*) F37 7.5Door lock, fuel flap actuator F38 20+30 EOBD diagnostic socket, sound system, navigator, tyre pressure ECU (*) F39 10Heated rear window F40 30Heater mirrors F41 7.5+15 ABS / ESP ECU (*) F42 7.5Windscreen/rear window wiper/washer F43 30Cigar lighter/power current on tunnel F44 15Heated seats F45 15Boot power socket F46 15Driver’s door ECU power (window winder) F47 20Passenger’s door ECU power (window winder) F48 20+15 Services (left and middle control lights, electric mirrors, heated seat control light, radio-telephone setup, navigator, rain/dusk sensors, parking sensor ECU, sunroof control lights) (*) F49 7.5Airbag ECU F50 7.5+15 Tyre pressure ECU F51 7.5Rear window wiper/washer, cigar lighter F52 15+30 Direction indicators, hazard lights, instrument panel (*) F5 7.5

(*) +30 = battery direct positive pole (not ignition switch)+15 = positive pole ignition switch

160

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Fusebox in engine compartmentUSERS FUSE AMPERES

Spare F9 –

Horn F10 15

Secondary services electronic injection F11 15

Right main beam headlight F14 7.5

Left main beam headlights F15 7.5

Primary services electronic injection F17 10

+30 Engine ECU/radiator fan relay (1.9 Multijet) (*) F18 10

Compressor F19 7.5

Spare F20 –

Fuel pump F21 15

Electronic injection primary services (1.4 16V) F22 15

Primary services electronic injection (Multijet) F22 20

+30 Dual Function System gearbox ECU (*) F23 30

+15 Electric power steering (*) F24 7.5

Fog lights F30 15


161

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Optional fusebox (on auxiliary bracket)

USERS FUSE AMPERES

+30 External radio amplifier (*) F54 15

+30 Sunroof (*) F58 20


162

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

IF THE BATTERY IS FLATIMPORTANT The battery rechargingprocedure is provided as an exampleonly. You are recommended to go to aLancia Dealership to have this oper-ation performed.

Low amperage slow recharging forapproximately 24 hour is advised. Along charge could damage the battery.Proceed as follows to charge the bat-tery:

❒ disconnect battery negative termi-nal;

❒ connect the charger cables to thebattery terminals, observing thepoles;

❒ turn on the charger;

❒ when you have finished, turn thecharger off before disconnecting thebattery;

❒ reconnect battery negative termi-nal.

IMPORTANT If the car is equippedwith an alarm system, disarm thealarm system by means of the remotecontrol (see “Alarm” paragraph in“Dashboard and controls”).

LIFTING THE CARIf the car is to be lifted, go to a Lan-cia Dealership which is equipped withthe arm hoist or workshop lift.

Lift the car exclusively by positioningthe jack arms or the shop jack in thepoints shown in the figure.

Battery fluid is poisonousand corrosive: avoid con-

tact with your skin and eyes. Thebattery recharging operation mustbe performed in a ventilated placedaway from naked flames o possi-ble sources of sparks to avoid therisk of explosion and fire.

WARNING

Never attempt to rechargea frozen battery: defrost it

first to prevent the risk of explo-sion. If a battery was frozen, haveit inspected by specialised person-nel before recharging to check thatthe internal elements are not dam-aged and that the casing is notcracked causing the risk of leakageof poisonous, corrosive gas.

WARNINGfig. 40 L0D0486m

163

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

TOWING THE CARThe car is provided with two towrings: use the shorter one on the frontand the longer one on the back.

The tow rings are arranged inside thetool container.

The arrangement of the rear ring(long) inside the spare wheel and in-side the automatic Fix & Go quick re-pair kit are shown in fig. 41 and infig. 42 respectively.

On cars with Dual Function Systemgearbox, make sure that the gearboxis in neutral N (check that the car canmove when pushed) and tow as a nor-mal car with mechanical gearbox.

If the gearbox cannot be placed inneutral, do not tow the vehicle andcontact a Lancia Dealership.

fig. 41 L0D0342m

fig. 42 L0D0369m

REMOVING THE TOW HITCHCAPS

To avoid damaging the cap A-fig. 43,proceed as follows:

❒ take the screwdriver from the toolcontainer;

❒ insert the screwdriver in the slot Bon the cap;

❒ rest your thumb on the cap toavoid damage (see figure);

❒ extract the cap (without turningit) perpendicular to the support-ing surface fig. 44.

fig. 43 L0D0250m

164

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

fig. 44 L0D0251m

FASTENING THE TOW RING

Proceed as follows:

❒ take the tow hook B-fig. 45 fromthe support;

❒ tighten the ring on the rear orfront threaded pin.

fig. 45 L0D0487m

fig. 46 L0D0205m

The power brakes andpower steering will not

work while the car is being towed.More effort on the brake pedal andsteering wheel will therefore be re-quired. Do not use wires for tow-ing. Do not jerk. Make sure not todamage parts in contact with thecar while towing. Respect the spe-cific rules of the Highway Codewhen towing the car specifically inrelation to the towing device andthe behaviour to maintain on theroad.

WARNING

Before towing, turn the keyto MAR and then to STOP

without extracting it. The steeringcolumn will automatically lockwhen the key is removed and thewheels cannot be steered.

WARNING

Do not start the enginewhile towing the car.

WARNING

165

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

MAINTENANCE AND CARE

SCHEDULED SERVICING ............................... 166

SERVICE SCHEDULE ................................... 167

YEARLY INSPECTION PLAN ......................... 169

ADDITIONAL INTERVENTIONS ..................... 169

CHECKING THE LEVELS ............................... 171

FUEL FILTER (green filter) .............................. 177

BATTERY ......................................................... 177

WHEELS AND TYRES ..................................... 179

RUBBER HOSES .............................................. 180

WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER ............................................. 181

BODYWORK .................................................... 182

INTERIORS....................................................... 185

166

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

SCHEDULEDSERVICINGCorrect maintenance is essential forensuring long car life under the bestconditions.

This is why Lancia has planned a se-ries of checks and maintenance oper-ations every 20,000 km.

Scheduled servicing will not howeverfully cover all of the need of your car:It is however important to rememberthat scheduled servicing does notcompletely cover all the car’s require-ments: also in the initial period before20.000 km service coupon and later,between one coupon and another, or-dinary care is still required such as forexample routine check and toppingup the level of fluids, tyre pressurecheck, etc.

IMPORTANT Scheduled servicecoupons are required by the manu-facturer. Default may cancel the war-ranty.

Scheduled Servicing is performed byall Lancia Dealerships at pre-estab-lished times.

If during each operation, in additionto the ones programmed, the needarises for further replacements or re-pairs, these may only be carried outwith the explicit agreement of theCustomer.

IMPORTANT You are advised to con-tact Lancia Dealership in the event ofany minor operating faults, withoutwaiting for the next service coupon.

If your car is used frequently for tow-ing, the interval between one servicecoupon and the other must be re-duced.

167

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Thousands of kilometres

Check tyre condition/wear and, if necessary, adjust pressure

Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, boot, passenger compartment, oddment compartments, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)

Check windscreen wiper/washer (nozzle direction and blade wear)

Check conditions and wear of front disk brake pads and operation of pad wear indicator

Check rear drum brake linings and wear

Check condition and wear of rear brake discs(for versions/markets, where provided)

Visually inspect the condition of: exterior bodywork, underbody protection, flexible and stiff piping (exhaust, fuel feed, brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushings, etc.)

Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness and lubrication

Check tension and conditions of various accessory drive belts (except for engines with automatic take-up devices)

Inspect conditions of various drive belts

Check and adjust tappets (1.48V versions)

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ●

● ● ●

168

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

Thousands of kilometresCheck handbrake stroke adjustmentCheck exhaust emissions/smokiness (Multijet engines).Check emissions in exhaust (petrol versions) Replace fuel filter (Multijet versions)Replace air cleaner filter (petrol versions)Replace air cleaner filter (diesel versions) (❏❒)Top-up liquid level (engine coolant, brakes, windscreen washer, battery, Dual Function System etc…)Check timing belt conditions (■)Replace timing belt (*) (■)Replace timing belt (1.6 Multijet versions) (*)Replace auxiliary drive beltReplace spark plugs (petrol versions)Check operation of engine management systems (using diagnostic socket) Replace engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions)Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions with DPF) (**)Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions without DPF) (▲)Change brake fluid (or every two years)Replace pollen filter (or once a year)

(*) Or every 4 years if the vehicle is used in one of the following particularly demanding conditions:- prolonged use in cold/hot climates,

- city use with long standing with engine idling,- use on particular dusty roads or roads sprinkled with sand and/or salt.Or every five years regardless of mileage and conditions of use of the car.

(**) The engine oil and the filter must be changed when instrument panel warning light comes on (see “Warning lights and messages”chapter) or however every 2 years.

(❏) Every 30,000 km for 1.3 Multijet versions.(■) Excluding 1.3 Multijet and 1.6 Multijet versions.(▲) Every 30,000 km

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180● ● ● ●

● ● ● ●

● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ●

●

●

●

● ● ● ●

● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

169

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

YEARLYINSPECTION PLAN The following yearly inspection planis recommended for cars clocking lessthan 20,000 km a year (e.g. approx-imately 15.000 km):

❒ check tyre conditions/wear andpressure (included spare wheel)

❒ check lighting system operation(headlights, direction indicators,hazard lights, boot, passengercompartment, instrument panelwarning lights, etc.)

❒ check windscreen wiper/washer(nozzle direction and blade wear)

❒ check front disk brake pad condi-tions and wear;

❒ visually inspect: engine, gearbox,transmission, flexible and stiff pip-ing (exhaust, fuel feed, brakes),rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bush-ings, etc.);

❒ check cleanness of locks, bonnetand boot and lever cleanness andlubrication;

❒ check battery charge;

❒ visually inspect the accessory drivebelt conditions;

❒ check and top up liquids if re-quired (engine coolant, brakes,windscreen washer, battery, etc.);

❒ engine oil replacement;

❒ replace engine oil filter;

❒ replace pollen filter (for versions/markets, where provided).

ADDITIONALINTERVENTIONSEvery 1,000 km or before long jour-neys, check and, if necessary, top up:

❒ engine coolant fluid level;

❒ brake fluid level;

❒ brake fluid level;

❒ tyre pressure and conditions.

Every 3,000 km check the followingand top-up, if required: engine oillevel.

You are recommended to use FL Se-lenia products, designed and pro-duced specifically for Lancia cars (seetable “Capacities” in section “Techni-cal specifications”).

IMPORTANT - Engine oil

Should prevailing use of the car beunder one of the following speciallyheavy conditions:

❒ trailer or caravan towing;

❒ dusty roads;

170

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km)repeated and with external tem-peratures below zero;

❒ frequently idling engines or longdistance low speed driving (e.g.taxis or door-to-door deliveries) orin case of a long term inactivity;

❒ change engine oil more frequentlythan shown on the “ServiceSchedule”.

IMPORTANT - Air cleaner

When the car is used on dusty roads,change the air cleaner more fre-quently than shown on the “ServiceSchedule”. Call a Lancia Dealershipfor doubts regarding engine oil andair cleaner replacement.

IMPORTANT - Pollen filter

It is advisable to replace the filteringelement more frequently if the car isused in dusty or very polluted places.Specifically, replace if a lower air flowinto the passenger compartment isfound.

IMPORTANT - Diesel filter

Using diesel not complying with Eu-ropean Specification EN590 may leadto the need to replace the diesel fuelfilter more frequently than shown inthe “Service Schedule”.

IMPORTANT - Battery

Check the battery charge once a year,preferably before the beginning towinter, to prevent freezing of the elec-trolyte.

Perform this inspection more fre-quently if the car is mainly used forshort distances or if electrical devicesrunning with the key off are installed,particularly after-market. Check thebattery level (electrolyte) more fre-quently than shown on the “ServiceSchedule” if the car is used in hot cli-mates or in particularly demandingconditions.

Take the car to a LanciaDealership for servicing.Make sure you have theright equipment, genuine

Lancia spare parts and consumablesfor ordinary, minor interventions.Do not attempt the operations if youlack the experience.

171

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

NUTE

NZIO

NEE

CURA

CHECKING THE LEVELSIMPORTANT Be careful not to con-fuse the various types of fluids whiletopping up: they are all reciprocallyincompatible and may severely dam-age your car.

L0D0411m

L0D0412m

fig. 1 - 1.4 8V versions (for versions/markets, where provided)

fig. 2 - 1.4 16V versions

Never smoke while work-ing in the engine compart-

ment. Flammable gases may bepresent. Risk of fire.

WARNING

1 Engine coolant - 2 Engine oil - 3 Brake fluid - 4 Battery - 5 Wind-screen/rear window washer/wiper

172

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE


L0D0413m

L0D0494m

fig. 3 - 1.3 Multijet versions

fig. 4 - 1.3 Multijet 95 CV versions


173

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

NUTE

NZIO

NEE

CURA

3

1 2

4 5

L0D0488mfig. 5 - 1.6 Multijet versions


fig. 6 -1.4 8V versions (for versions/markets, where provided)

L0D0258m

ENGINE OIL fig. 6-7-8-9-10

Checking engine oil level

Check the oil level a few minutes(about 5) after the engine hasstopped, with the car parked on levelground.

The oil level shall be included be-tween the MIN and MAX marks onthe dipstick . The range between theMIN and MAX levels corresponds toapproximately 1 litre of oil.

174

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

Proceed very carefully in-side the engine compart-

ment when the engine is hot: risk ofburns. Remember that the fan maystart up if the engine is hot: risk ofinjury. Pay attention to scarves,ties and other loose fitting gar-ments: they could get dragged bythe moving parts.

WARNING

Waste engine oil and oil fil-ters contains substanceswhich are dangerous for theenvironment. You are ad-

vised to go to a Lancia Dealership tohave the oil and filters replaced.

fig. 9 - versioni 1.3 Multijet 95 CV

L0D0495mfig. 8 - Versioni 1.3 Multijet L0D0209m

Engine oil consumption

The maximum engine oil consump-tion is usually 400 grams every 1000km.

When the car is new, the engine needsto run in, therefore the engine oil con-sumption can only be considered sta-bilised after the first 5000 - 6000 km.

IMPORTANT The oil consumptiondepends on driving style and the con-ditions under which the car is used.

IMPORTANT Always top up usingengine oil of the same types as that al-ready in the engine.

fig. 7 - Versioni 1.4 16V L0D0208m

Topping up engine oil

If the oil level is near or even underthe MIN line, add oil through the fillerto reach the MAX line. Oil level shallnever exceed the MAX line.

IMPORTANT If the engine oil levelafter the check is over the MAX level,go to a Lancia Dealership to have thecorrect level restored.

IMPORTANT After adding or chang-ing the oil, let the engine turn over fora few seconds and wait a few minutesafter turning it off before you checkthe level.

175

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

ENGINE COOLANT fig. 11-12

The coolant level must be checkedwhen the engine is cold and must bebetween the MIN and MAX lines onthe vessel.

If the level is so, slowly pour a mix-ture of demineralised water and FLSelenia PARAFLU UP in a 50-50proportion.

A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UPand distilled water gives freeze pro-tection to 35°C.

IMPORTANT Do not remove the capfrom the vessel when the engine isvery hot: risk of burns.

fig. 11 - 1.4 8V version(for versions/markets, whereprovided) and 1.4 16V

L0D0210m fig. 12 - 1.3 Multijet versions and 1.6 Multijet

L0D0211m

When the vehicle is used under par-ticularly harsh weather conditions, werecommend using a 60-40 mixtureofPARAFLU UP and demineralisedwater.

PARAFLU UP antifreeze isused in the engine cooling

system. Use fluid of the same typecontained in the cooling system fortop-ups. PARAFLU UP may not bemixed with other types of fluids. Ifthis accidentally occurs, do not startthe engine and contact a LanciaDealership.

WARNING

The engine cooling systemis pressurized. If required,

replace the cap with an originalspare part so as not to compromisesystem efficiency.

WARNING

fig. 10 - Versioni 1.6 Multijet L0D0489m

176

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

BRAKE FLUID fig. 14

Release cap: check that the liquidcontained in the tank is at the maxi-mum level.

Fluid level in the reservoir must notexceed the MAX mark.

Use the brake fluid shown in the“Fluids and lubricants” table (see“Technical Specifications”).

NOTE Carefully clean the cap ofreservoir A and the surrounding sur-face.

When opening the cap, make surethat no dirt gets into the reservoir.

For topping up always use a funnelwith built-in filter (mesh smaller thanor equal to 0.12 mm).

IMPORTANT Brake fluid is hygro-scopic (i.e. it absorbs moisture). Forthis reason, if the car is mainly usedin areas with a high degree of atmos-pheric humidity, the fluid should bereplaced at more frequent intervalsthan specified in the “Service sched-ule”.

fig. 14 L0D0213m

Do not travel with thewindscreen washing reser-

voir empty: the action of the wind-screen washer is essential for im-proving visibility.

WARNING

Some commercial addi-tives for windscreen wash-

ing are flammable. The enginecompartment contains hot partswhich could start a fire if theycome into contact.

WARNINGWINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WASHER FLUID fig. 13

To add fluid, lift the cap A and pourin a mixture of water and TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC 35 fluid in thefollowing proportions:

❒ 30% of TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35 and 70% water insummer.

❒ 50% of TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35 and 50% water insummer.

Use TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35 neat at temperatures lowerthan 20°C.

Check level through the reservoir.

fig. 13 L0D0212m

177

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

Prevent brake fluid whichis highly corrosive fromcoming into contact withpainted parts. Should this

occur, immediately wash with wa-ter.

Brake fluid is poisonousand highly corrosive. In

the case of accidental contact, washthe parts with water and mild soapand rinse with plenty of water.Call a doctor immediately if swal-lowed.

WARNING

Symbol π on the containindicates a synthetic brake

fluid, which is different from amineral fluid. Use of a mineraltype fluid will damage the specialrubber seals of the braking systembeyond repair.

WARNING

FUEL FILTER (green filter)

DRAINING CONDENSATION(Multijet versions)

The presence of water inthe feeding circuit may

cause severe damage to the injec-tion system and irregular engineoperation. If the warning lights con the cluster lights up or a mes-sage appears on the reconfigurablemultifunctional display (some ver-sions), contact a Lancia Dealershipto have the system bled. Water mayhave been introduced in the tank ifthis appears immediately after re-fuelling: in this case, stop the en-gine immediately and contact aLancia Dealership.

WARNINGCHECKING CHARGE AND ELECTROLYTE LEVEL

The operations must be carried out asdescribed in this Owner’s Handbookonly by specialised personnel.

Topping must be carried out by spe-cialised personnel at a Lancia Dealer-ship.

Battery liquid is poisonousand corrosive. Avoid con-

tact with the skin and eyes. Keepnaked flames and sources ofsparks away from the battery: riskof explosion and fire.

WARNING

BATTERYThe battery is of the low maintenancetype and the electrolyte does not needto be topped up with distilled water innormal conditions of use.

178

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

Running the battery withan excessively low liquid

level will damage the battery be-yond repair and even cause an ex-plosion.

WARNING

CHANGING THE BATTERY

If required, replace the battery with agenuine spare part having the samespecifications.

If a battery with different specifica-tions is fitted, the service intervalsgiven in the “Service schedule” in thissection will no longer apply.

Follow the battery manufacturer’s in-structions for maintenance.

Batteries contain very dan-gerous substances for theenvironment. You are rec-ommended to go to a Lan-

cia Dealership to have the batteryreplaced where the old battery willbe disposed of respecting both theenvironment and the laws in force.

Incorrect assembly of elec-tric and electronic devicesmay cause severe damageto your car. Go to a Lancia

Dealership if you want to install ac-cessories (alarms, mobile phone,etc.): they will suggest the most suit-able devices and advise you if ahigher capacity battery needs to beinstalled.

USEFUL ADVICE FORLENGTHENING THE LIFE OFYOUR BATTERY

To avoid draining your battery andlengthen its life, observe the followingindications:

❒ when the car is parked, make surethat the doors, bonnet and tailgateare closed properly to make surethat the lights inside the passengercompartment go out;

❒ switch off all lights inside the vehi-cle: the car is however equippedwith a system which switches all in-ternal lights off automatically;

❒ do not keep devices (e.g. sound sys-tem, hazard lights, etc.) on for along time with the engine off;

❒ before performing any operation onthe electrical system, disconnect thebattery negative cable;

❒ battery terminals shall always beperfectly tightened.

If the car is left for longperiods in very cold envi-

ronments, remove the battery andstore it in a warm place to preventfreezing.

WARNING

Always wear the properprotective eyewear when

working on the battery or near it.

WARNING

179

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

IMPORTANT A battery which is keptat a charge of less than 50% (opticalindicator with dark colour withoutgreen area in the middle) for anylength of time will be damaged by sul-phation leading to a reduction incranking power.

The battery will also be more at riskof freezing (e.g. already at -10°C).

In case of prolonged halt, refer to the“Storing the car” paragraph in the“Starting and driving” chapter.

If after buying the car, you want to in-stall electric accessories which requirepermanent electric supply (alarm,etc.) contact Lancia Dealership whosequalified personnel, in addition tosuggesting the most suitable devicesfrom Lineaccessori Lancia, will eval-uate the overall electric absorption,checking whether the car’s electricsystem is capable of withstanding theload required, or whether it should beintegrated with a more powerful bat-tery.

Since these devices continue absorb-ing energy even when the ignition keyis off, they gradually run down thebattery.

WHEELS ANDTYRESCheck the pressure of each type, in-cluding the spare, approximately onceevery two weeks and before starting along journey: this check must be per-formed with the tyre rested and cold.

It is normal for pressure to increasewhen the car is used. For the correcttyre inflation pressure, see “Wheels”in “Technical specifications” section.

Incorrect pressure causes abnormaltyre wear fig. 15:

A: normal pressure: evenly worntread.

B: low pressure: tread particularlyworn on the edges.

C: excessive pressure: tread particu-larly worn in the middle.

The tyres must be replaced when thetread is less than 1.6 mm thick. In allcases, follow the laws in force in thecountry where you are driving.

IMPORTANT NOTES

❒ Avoid braking suddenly, burningstarts and violent knocks againstthe curb, potholes or other obsta-cles if possible. Long distances onrough roads may damage the tyres;

❒ check the tyres regularly for cuts onthe sides, swelling or irregular treadwear. Go to a Lancia Dealership ifrequired.

❒ Do not overload your vehicle: thismay cause serious damage towheels and tyres;

❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop the ve-hicle immediately and charge it toavoid damage to the tyre, the rim,suspensions and steering system;

fig. 15 L0D0216m

180

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

❒ a tyre will age even if it is not usedmuch. Cracks in the tread and onthe sidewalls are a sign of ageing.Have the tyres checked by spe-cialised personnel if they have beenfitted for longer than 6 years. Re-member to check the spare wheelvery carefully;

❒ In case of replacement, always fitnew tyres, avoiding those with anunknown origin.

❒ If a tyre is replaced, also change theinflation valve.

❒ to allow even wear between thefront and rear tyres, it is advisableto change them over every 10-15thousand kilometres, keeping themon the same side of the car so as notto reverse the direction of rotation.

Remember that the roadholding qualities of your

car also depends on the correct in-flation pressure of the tyres.

WARNING

Excessively low pressurewill cause overheating of

the tyre and may cause severe tyredamage.

WARNING

Do not exchange the tyresfrom the left to the right of

the car and vice versa.

WARNING

Do not repaint alloy wheelrims at temperatures

higher than 150°C. The mechani-cal features of the wheels could becompromised.

WARNING

RUBBER HOSESCarefully follow the information con-tained in the “Service schedule” inthis section for maintenance of brakesystem and fuel feed rubber hoses.

Ozone, high temperatures and pro-longed lack of fluid in the system maycause hardening and cracking of thehoses, with possible leaks. Careful in-spections are therefore necessary.

181

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

WINDSCREEN/REARWINDOWWIPER/WASHER

BLADES

Periodically clean the rubber part us-ing special products; TUTELA PRO-FESSIONAL SC 35 is recommended.

Replace the blades if the rubber edgeis deformed or worn. In all cases, it isadvisable to replace them approxi-mately once a year.

A few simple precautions can reducethe possibility of damage to theblades:

❒ make sure that the rubber part isnot stuck to the windscreen at sub-zero temperatures. Use an an-tifreeze product to release it if re-quired.

❒ remove the snow from the win-dow: this will avoid overstressingthe electrical motor in addition toprotecting the blades;

❒ do not operate the windscreen andrear window wipers on dry glass.

Driving with worn wiperblades is a serious hazard,

because visibility is reduced in badweather.

WARNING How to insert the blade:

❒ insert the pin C in the hole in themiddle of the blade B;

❒ refit the arm with the blade on thewindscreen.

Replacing the rear window blade fig. 17

Proceed as follows:

❒ lift the cover A and remove thearm from the car, loosen the nutB which fastens it to the rotatingpin;

❒ position the new arm correct andtighten the nut;

❒ lower the cover.

fig. 16 L0D0452m fig. 17 L0D0218m

Replacing the windscreen wiperblades fig. 16

How to remove the blade:

❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm Afrom the windscreen;

❒ turn blade B 90° around pin C, lo-cated at the end of the wiper arm;

❒ remove the blade from pin C.

182

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

SPRAY NOZZLES

Windscreen washer fig. 18

If there is no jet of fluid, firstly checkthat there is fluid in the reservoir: see“Checking fluid levels” in this sec-tion).

Then check that the nozzle holes arenot clogged, if necessary using a nee-dle.

The front window nozzle do not needto be adjusted. The liquid is atomisedover a predetermined area of thewindscreen.

Rear window washer fig. 19

The rear window nozzle do not needto be adjusted. The liquid is atomisedover a predetermined area of the rearwindow.

The nozzle is arranged on the upperpart of the tailgate.

BODYWORK

PROTECTION FROMATMOSPHERIC AGENTS

The main causes of corrosion are thefollowing:

❒ atmospheric pollution;

❒ salty air and humidity (coastal ar-eas, or hot humid climates);

❒ seasonal environment conditions.

Not to be underestimated is also theabrasive action of wind-borne atmos-pheric dust and sand and mud andgravel raised by other cars.

On your vehicle, Lancia has imple-mented the best manufacturing tech-nologies to effectively protect thebodywork against corrosion.

fig. 18 L0D0219m fig. 19 L0D0220m

183

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

These include:

❒ painting products and systemswhich give the car particular re-sistance to corrosion and abrasion;

❒ use of galvanised (or pretreated)steel sheets, with high resistanceto corrosion;

❒ spraying of plastic parts with a pro-tective function in the more ex-posed points: under door, innerwing parts, edges, etc.;

❒ boxed parts are designed to pre-vent condensation and pooling ofwater which can cause corrosionfrom the inside.

BODY AND UNDERBODY WARRANTY

Your car is covered by warrantyagainst perforation due to rust of anyoriginal element of the structure orbody. For the general terms of thiswarranty, refer to Lancia WarrantyBooklet.

ADVICE FOR PRESERVING THEBODYWORK

Paint

Paintwork does not only serve an aes-thetic purpose, but also protects theunderlying sheet metal.

Touch up abrasions and scratches im-mediately to prevent the formation ofrust. Only use genuine spare paintproducts for touch-ups (see “Body-work paint identification plate” in the“Technical Specifications” section).

Normal maintenance of paintworkconsists in washing the car: the fre-quency depends on the conditions andenvironment where the car is used.For example, it is advisable to washthe car more often in areas with ahigh environmental pollution or onroads sprinkled with salt.

184

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

To correctly wash the car:

❒ remove the aerial from the roof toprevent damage to it if the car iswashed in an automatic system;

❒ wash the body using a low pres-sure jet of water;

❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapysolution over the bodywork, fre-quently rinsing with the sponge;

❒ rinse well with water and dry witha jet of air or a chamois leather.

Dry the parts less in sight particularlycarefully, such as the door frames andthe headlight frames, where watermay stagnate more easily. It is a goodidea to leave the car in the open for awhile after washing it to give time forthe water to evaporate.

Do not wash the car after it has beenparked in the sun or when the engineis bonnet is hot: this could take theshine off the paint.

Exterior plastic parts must be cleanedin the same way as the rest of the car.

Where possible, do not park undertrees; the resinous substance manyspecies release give the paint a dullappearance and increase the possibil-ity of triggering rust processes.

IMPORTANT Bird droppings must bewashed off immediately and thor-oughly as the acid they contain is par-ticularly aggressive.

Windows

Use specific window cleaner products.Also use clean cloths to avoid scratch-ing the glass or damaging the trans-parency.

IMPORTANT Wipe the rear windowinside gently with a cloth in the di-rection of the filaments to avoid dam-aging the heating device.

Front headlights

IMPORTANT Never use aromaticsubstances (e.g.: petrol) or ketenes(e.g.: acetone) for cleaning frontheadlight plastic lens.

Detergents pollute the envi-ronment. The vehicleshould be washed in areasequipped for collecting and

purifying the liquid used in thewashing process.

185

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RE

Engine compartment

At the end of every winter, wash theengine compartment thoroughly, tak-ing care not to aim the jet of water di-rectly at the electronic control units orat the windscreen wiper motors. Havethis operation performed at a spe-cialised workshop.

IMPORTANT Perform this operationon a cold engine and with the key atSTOP. After the washing operation,make sure that the various protections(e.g. rubber caps and guards) havenot removed or damaged.

Never use flammableproducts, such as petrol

ether or rectified petrol to clean in-side the car. The electrostaticcharges which are generated byrubbing during the cleaning oper-ation may cause a fire.

WARNING INTERIORSPeriodically check that water is nottrapped under the mats (due to waterdripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.)which could cause oxidisation of thesheet metal.

CLEANING SEATS AND FABRICPARTS

Remove dust with a soft brush or avacuum cleaner. It is advisable to usea moist brush on velvet upholstery.Rub the seats with a sponge moist-ened with a solution of water andneutral detergent.

INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS

It is advisable to clean interior partswith a moist cloth and a solution ofwater and mild soap. Use specificproducts for cleaning plastic, withoutsolvents and specifically designed toprevent damage to the appearanceand colour of the treated parts to re-move grease and tough stains.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or pe-troleum to clean the instrument panel.

186

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

INEM

ERGE

NZA

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

Do not keep aerosol cansin the car: risk of explo-

sion. Aerosol cans must not be ex-posed to a temperature exceeding50°C. When the vehicle is exposedto sunlight, inner temperature cangreatly exceed this value.

WARNINGLEATHER STEERINGWHEEL/GEAR KNOB

These components must be cleanedwith mild soap and water only. Neveruse spirit and/or alcohol based prod-ucts.

Read the product label carefully be-fore using specific products for clean-ing the interiors: make sure the prod-uct does not contain alcohol or alco-hol based substances.

If window cleaner accidentally dripsonto the steering wheel or gear leverknob, wipe away immediately andthen wash the concerned area withmild soap and water.

IMPORTANT Be careful when ar-ranging a steering wheel lock device,where applicable, to prevent damag-ing the leather upholstery by rubbing.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

IDENTIFICATION DATA .................................. 188

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS .................................. 190

ENGINE ........................................................... 191

FUEL FEED .................................................... 192

TRANSMISSION .............................................. 192

BRAKES ........................................................... 193

SUSPENSIONS ................................................. 193

STEERING SYSTEM ........................................ 193

WHEELS .......................................................... 194

DIMENSIONS ................................................... 198

PERFORMANCE .............................................. 199

WEIGHTS ........................................................ 200

CAPACITIES .................................................... 201

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ............................ 202

FUEL CONSUMPTION .................................... 204

CO2 EMISSIONS ............................................... 205

187

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

IDENTIFICATIONDATATake note of the identification codes.The identification data are printed onlabels fig. 1 in the following positions:

1 - Model plate

2 - Chassis marking.

3 - Bodywork paint identificationplate.

4 - Engine marking.MODEL PLATE fig. 2

This plate is fitted to the engine com-partment front crossmember and con-tains the following data:

B - Type approval number.

C - Vehicle type code.

D - Chassis number.

E - Maximum vehicle weight fullyloaded.

F - Maximum vehicle weight fullyloaded with trailer.

G - Maximum vehicle weight on frontaxle.

H - Maximum vehicle weight on rearaxle.

I - Engine type.

L - Body version code.

M - Spare part code.

N - Smoke opacity index (for dieselengines).

fig. 1 L0D0450m fig. 2 L0D0415m

188

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

CHASSIS MARKING fig. 3

This is printed on the passenger com-partment floor bed near the front ri-ght seat.

The label can be accessed by liftingthe window in the mat and comprises:

❒ vehicle model;

❒ the chassis progressive number.

BODYWORK PAINTIDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 4

This plate is applied to the bonnetand shows the following data:

A - Paint manufacturer.

B - Colour name.

C - Lancia colour code.

D - Respray and touch up code.

ENGINE MARKING

It is stamped onto the cylinder block(passenger compartment side) andshows the type and the serial number.

fig. 3 L0D0227m

fig. 4 L0D0228m

189

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS

Versions

1.48V (▲)

1.416V

1.416V 90 HP (▲)

1.3 Multijet 70 HP

1.3 Multijet 90 HP

1.3 Multijet 95 HP

1.6 Multijet

1.6 Multijet 115 HP (▲)

(▲) Engine version for some versions/markets only

(❒) For specific markets

(*) DPF version

Engine type code

350A1000

843A1000

192B2000

188A9000

199A3000

199B1000

350A2000

350A3000

Bodywork code

350 AXF1A08 QL (5 seats)350 AXF1A08 FL (4 seats)

350 AXA1B07 GL

350 AXE1A06 CL

350 AXB1A01 QL (5 seats)

350 AXG1A09 AEL (5 seats)350 AXG1A09 AFL (4 seats)

350 AXG1A09 AGL (5 seats) (*)350 AXG1A09 AHL (4 seats) (*)

350AXM1A 13BL (5 seats) (*)

350 AXH1A11 ML (5 seats) (*)350 AXH1A11 HL (4 seats) (*)

350 AXL1A12 ML (5 seats) (*)350 AXL1A12 HL (4 seats) (*)

190

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

1.48V (▲)

350A1000

Eight

4 in line

2

72 x 84

1368

11±0,2

5777

6000

11511,73000

NGK ZKR7A-10

Unleaded petrol 95 RON(EN228

specifications)

1.6 Multijet

350A2000

Diesel

4 in line

4

79.5 x 80.5

1598

16,5±1

88120

3500

30030.51500

–Diesel fuel for motor vehicles

(EN590specifications)

1.416V

843A1000

Eight

4 in line

4

72 x 84

1368

11±0,2

7095

5800

12813

4500

NGK ZKR7A-10

Unleaded petrol 95 RON(EN228

specifications)

1.3 Multijet 70 HP

188A9000

Diesel

4 in line

4

69.6 x 82

1248

18±0.4

5170

4000

18018,31750



1.3 Multijet 95 HP

199B1000

Diesel

4 in line

4

69.6 x 82

1248

16,8 + 0.2/- 0.4

7095

4000

20020

1500



1.3 Multijet 90 HP

199A3000

Diesel

4 in line

4

69.6 x 82

1248

17,6±0,4

6690

4000

20020

1750


(EN590specifications))

191

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

ENGINE

INTRODUCTION

Type code:

Cycle:

Cylinder number and position:

Number of valves per cylinder:

Piston bore and stroke mm

Total displacement cm3

Compression ratio

Max. EEC power kWHP

corresponding rpm: rpm

Max. EEC torque Nmkgm

corresponding rpm: rpm

Spark plugs:

Fuel:


Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’stechnical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.


FUEL FEED

Fuelfeed

1.48V (▲) - 1.416V

Multipoint sequential phased injection,integrated with ignition,

returnless system

1.3 Multijet - 1.6 Multijet

Common Rail Multijet direct injection electronically controlled with

turbo and intercooler

TRANSMISSION

Gearbox

Clutch

Traction

1.416V

Five forward gears plus reverse with synchronisers for forward gears

Hydraulic control and play-less pedal

Front

1.48V (▲) - 1.3 Multijet - 1.6 Multijet

Five forward gears plus reverse with synchronisers for forward gears

Hydraulic control and play-less pedal

Front

192

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

BRAKES

Service brakes:– front

– rear

Parking brake

IMPORTANT Water, ice and salt sprinkled on the roads may deposit on the brake disks reducing braking efficiency the first time thebrakes are applied.(▲) Engine version for some versions/markets only

1.48V (▲) - 1.416V - 1.3 Multijet 70 HP

Self-ventilating discs (257 mm x 22 mm)

Drum (203 mm x 38 mm)

Operated by hand lever, acting on rear brakes

SUSPENSIONS

Front

Rear


1.48V (▲) - 1.416V - 1.3 Multijet - 1.6 Multijet

McPherson independent wheels

Semi-independent wheels interconnected by means of torque axle

STEERING SYSTEM

Type

Steering circle (kerb to kerb) m


1.48V (▲) - 1.416V - 1.3 Multijet - 1.6 Multijet

Rack and pinion with electric power steering

10,0

1.3 Multijet 90 HP - 1.3 Multijet 95 HP 1.6 Multijet

Self-ventilating discs (284 mm x 22 mm)

1.3 Multijet 90 HP -1.3 Multijet 95 HP: drum(228 mm x 40 mm)

1.6 Multijet: disc (240 mm x 11 mm)

Operated by hand lever, acting on rear brakes

193

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

WHEELS

RIMS AND TYRES fig. 5

Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubelessradial carcass tyres. All approved ty-res are listed in the Log Book.

IMPORTANT In the event of discre-pancies between the information pro-vided on this “Owner’s handbook”and the “Log book”, consider the spe-cifications shown in the log book only.

Respect the prescribed size to ensuresafety of the car in movement. Fit ty-res of the same make and type on allwheels.

IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubeswith Tubeless tyres.

HOW TO READ TYRE DATA

Example: 185/65 R 14 86 T

185 = Nominal width (S, distance inmm between sidewalls).

65 = Percentage height/width ratio (H/ S).

R = Radial tyre.

14 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).

86 = Load rate (capacity).

T = Maximum speed rating.

fig. 5 L0D0229m

SPACE SAVER SPARE WHEEL

Pressed steel rim Tubeless tyre.

WHEEL GEOMETRY

Front wheel toe-in measured betweenrims: 0 ±1 mm.

The values refer to the car in runningorder.

194

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

Load rating (capacity)60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg83 = 487 kg

Maximum speed rating

Q = up to 160 km/h.

R = up to 170 km/h.

S = up to 180 km/h.

T = up to 190 km/h.

U = up to 200 km/h.

H = up to 210 km/h.

V = up to 240 km/h.

W = up to 270 km/h.

Y = up to 300 km/h.

HOW TO READ THE RIM DATA

Example: 6 J x 14 ET 40

6 = rim diameter in inches (1).

J = rim drop centre outline (sideprojection where the tyre beadrests) (2).

14 = rim nominal diameter in in-ches (corresponds to diameterof the tyre to be mounted) (3 = Ø).

ET = shape and number of humps(used for withholding tubelesstyre beads on the rim).

40 = wheel camber angle (distancebetween the disc/rim suppor-ting plane and the wheel rimcentre line).

195

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

185/65 R14 86T

195/60 R15 88H

205/50 R16 87V (**)

195/60 R15 88H

205/50 R16 87V (**)

185/65 R14 86Q (M+S)

195/60 R15 88Q (M+S)

–

195/60 R15 88Q (M+S)

–

4Bx14” (***) 135/80 B14 84M (***)

1.3 Multijet 90 HP1.3 Multijet 95 HP

1.6 Multijet

4Bx15” 125/80 R15 95M (***)

4Bx15” 125/80 R15 95M

RIMS AND TYRES

(*) Optional alloy rim

(**) Tyres to which chains cannot be fitted

(***) IMPORTANT The 14” space saver spare wheel can only be used on 1.4 petrol and 1.3 Multijet 70HP versions with chassisnumber higher than 1012200.

VERSIONS RIMS TYRES SPACE SAVER SPARE Provided Winter Rim Tyre

alternatively1.4 petrol -1.3 Multijet

70 HP

6 Jx14” ET 40

6 Jx15” ET 40 (*)

6 1/2 Jx16” ET 40 (alloy)

6Jx15” ET 40 (*)

6 1/2 Jx16” ET 40 (alloy)

196

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

135/80 B14 84M 2.8SPACE SAVER SPARE WHEEL

125/80 R15 95M 4.2

TYRES PROVIDEDTyre size Medium load Full load

Front Rear Front Rear

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.

With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURES (bar)

185/65 R14 86T 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.3

195/60 R15 88T 2.2 2.1 2.3 (2.4 ▲) 2.3

205/50 R16 87V 2.2 2.1 2.3 (2.5 ▲) 2.3

▲ 1.6 Multijet versions only

197

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

DIMENSIONSDimensions are expressed in mm andrefer to the vehicle equipped with itsoriginal tyres.

The height refers to the unladen vehi-cle.

Luggage compartment volume

Capacity with vehicle unladen (V.D.A. standards): ............ 390 dm3

A B C D E F (*) G I

4035 848 2508 679 1660 1444 1698 1431

(*) Minor variations in size are possible depending on the dimensions of the rims

L0D0451m

198

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

PERFORMANCEWith mechanical gearbox

Top permissible speed after initial car use in km/h.

1.48V (▲) 1.416V 1.3 Multijet 70HP 1.3 Multijet 90HP 1.3 Multijet 95HP 1.6 Multijet

163 175 159 173 175 190


199

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

1.48V (▲) - 1.416V

1155

500

9408051655

1000400

75

60

1.3 Multijet

1200

500

9408051700

1000400

75

60

1.6 Multijet

1275

500

10008051775

1100500

75

60

WEIGHTSWeights (kg)

Unladen weight (with all liquids, fuel tank filled to 90 % and without optional equipment):

Payload (*) including the driver:

Maximum permissible loads (**)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:

Towable loads:– trailer with brakes:– trailer without brakes:

Maximum load on roof:

Maximum load on tow hitch(trailer with brakes):

(*)If special equipment is fitted (sun roof, tow hook, etc.) the unladen weight increases and consequently the payload will decrease in relation to the maximum permitted loads.

(**) Loads not be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying platformwithin the maximum permitted loads.


200

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

1.6 Multijet1.416V1.48V (▲) 1.3 Multijet

CAPACITIES

Fuel tank: including a reserve of:litres

Fuel tank: including a reserve of:litres

Engine cooling system:

Engine sump: Engine sump and filter:

Engine sump: Engine sump and filter:

Gearbox/differential casing:

Hydraulic brake circuit:

Windscreen/rear window washer fluid reservoir:


(❐) When the vehicle is used under particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a mix of 60% PARAFLU UP and40% demineralised water.

kg

––

––

–

––

3.744.0

1.6

–

–

Recommended fuelsGenuine products

Unleaded petrol with no less than 95 R.O.N. (EN 228 Specification)

Diesel fuel for motor vehicles(EN590 specifications)

50% mixture of demineralized wa-ter and PARAFLU UP(❐)

SELENIA K P.E.

SELENIA WR P.E.

TUTELA CAR TECHNYX

TUTELA TOP 4

Mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35

litres

475 - 7

––

4.5

2.42.6

––

1.65

0.45

1.5

kg

––

––

–

2.12,25

––

1.5

–

–

litres

475 - 7

––

4.5

2.52.7

––

1.65

0.45

1.5

kg

––

––

–

2.22.35

––

1.5

–

–

litres

––

475 - 7

6.0

––

2.853.0

1.98

0.45

1.5

kg

––

––

–

––

2.542.65

1.8

–

–

litres

––

475 - 7

7.8

––

4.44.7

–

0.45

1.5

201

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Use

Enginelubricantspetrol

Lubricants for diesel engines

For diesel engines, in the event of an emergency in which the original products are not available, lubricants with at least ACEA C2 perfor-mance are acceptable; however, in this case optimum engine performance is not guaranteed and the lubricant should be replaced as soonas possible at a Lancia Dealership.The use of products with features lower than ACEA A3 and ACEA C2 could cause engine damage not covered by warranty.

Fluid and lubricant features for correct car operation

Synthetic base lubricants SAE 5W-40 ACEA C3 grade. Qualification FIAT 9.55535-S2.

Synthetic base lubricants SAE 5W- 30 grade.

Qualification FIAT 9.55535-S1.

Genuine fluids andlubricants

SELENIA K P.E.Contractual TechnicalReference No. F603.C07

SELENIA WR P.E.Contractual TechnicalReference No. F510.D07

Replacementprocedures

According to Service Schedule

According to Service Schedule

202

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

Use

(●) IMPORTANT Do not use fluids with different specifications for topping up or mixing.(❐) When the vehicle is used under particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a 60% mixture of PARAFLU UP

and demineralised water.

Fluid and lubricant features for correct car operation

All synthetic lubricant SAE 75W-85 grade. Exceeding API GL-4 PLUS, FIAT 9.55550 MIL-L- 2105 D LEV specifications.

Molybdenum disulphide grease for high temperatures.Consistency NLGI 1-2

Polyeura base synthetic grease for high temperatures. Consistency NLGI 2

Specific grease for low-friction coefficient CV joints. Consistency NLGI 0-1

Synthetic fluid, F.M.V.S.S. n.116, DOT 4, ISO 4925,SAE J-1704, CUNA NC 956-01

Red protective with antifreeze action, based on inhibitedmonoethylene glycol with organic formula based onO.A.T, that passes CUNA NO 956-16, ASTM D 3306 spe-cifications

Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956-11

Genuine fluids andlubricants

TUTELA CAR TECHNYXContractual TechnicalReference N° F010.B05

TUTELA ALL STARContractual TechnicalReference N° F702.G07

TUTELA STAR 325Contractual TechnicalReference N° F301.D03

TUTELA STAR 700Contractual TechnicalReference N° F701.C07

TUTELA TOP 4Contractual TechnicalReference N° F001.A93

PARAFLU UP (●)Contractual TechnicalReference N° F101.M01

TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC 35Contractual TechnicalReference N° F201.D02

Applications

Gearbox and differentials (mechanical)

CV jointwheel side

CV joints on differentialside subject to high temperatures (1.416V versions)

CV joints differential side

Hydraulicbrake and clutch

Cooling circuit. Percentageof use 50% to -35° C.Do not mix with productof different type(❐)

To be used diluted orundiluted in wind-screen/rear windowwasher/wiper systems

Motion transmis-sionlubricants and

grease

Brake liquid

Radiatorprotection

Windscreen/rear window washer fluid

203

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

FUEL CONSUMPTIONThe fuel consumption figures given in the table below are determined on the basis of the homologation tests laid downby specific European Directives.

The procedures below are followed for measuring consumption:

❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed by driving that simulates urban use of the car;

❒ extra urban cycle: driving simulating the use of the vehicle in a non-urban situation with frequent acceleration inall gears; the speed varies between 0 and 120 km/h;

❒ combined consumption: calculated weighing about 37% of urban cycle consumption and about 63% of extra urbanconsumption.

IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic situations, weather conditions, driving style, general conditions of the car, trimlevel/equipment/accessories, load, climate control system, roof rack, other situations that affect air drag may lead todifferent fuel consumption levels than those measured.

According to European Directive in force (litres per 100 km) Urban Extra urban Combined

1.48V (▲) 7.9 5.1 6.1

1.416V (5 gears) 8.5 5.5 6.6

1.416V (6 gears) 8.5 4.8 6.2

1.3 Multijet 70 HP 5.8 4.1 4.7

1.3 Multijet 90 HP 5.8 3.9 4.6

1.3 Multijet 95 HP 5.7 3.8 4.5

1.6 Multijet 6.0 4.0 4.7


204

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

X

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

S

CO2 EMISSIONSThe CO2 emission figures in the table below refer to combined fuel consumption.

According to European Directive in force (g/km)

1.48V (▲) 1.416V

5 gears 6 gears

145 157 146


1.3 Multijet 70HP 1.3 Multijet 90HP 1.3 Multijet 95HP 1.6 Multijet

125 120 118 124

205

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

206

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

ABS (System) ........................ 85

Accessories purchased by the owner .................................. 88

Air vents ............................... 48

Ashtray (smoker's kit) .......... 75

Automatic dual-zone climate system.................................. 52

Battery

. - checking battery charge andliquid level (electrolyte) ..... 177

- jump starting..................... 137

- replacement ...................... 178

Bodywork

- maintenance ..................... 182

- version codes .................... 190

Bonnet .................................. 82

Boot ...................................... 80

Boot extension ....................... 80

Brake fluid level .................... 176

Brake lights

- bulb replacement ............. 153

Brakes- fluid level ......................... 176- handbrake ........................ 116- technical data ................. 193

Bulb (replacement) ............... 147

Capacities ............................. 201Car maintenance and care ..... 165- scheduled maintenance plan 167Car parked ............................ 116Car radio

- setup ................................ 87Carrying children safely ........ 101Ceiling light ........................... 69Changing a wheel .................. 142Checking fluid levels ............. 171Child lock ............................ 19Cigar lighter (smoker's kit) .... 75Clutch ................................... 192CO2 emissions ....................... 205Control buttons display.........22-25Cruise Control ....................... 67

Dashboard ........................... 8

Dashboard and controls ........ 7

Dimensions .......................... 198

Dipped beam headlights


- controls ............................ 62

Direction indicators ............... 63

Direction indicators


- controls ............................ 63

Dualdrive(electric power steering) ...... 89

Engine compartment ............. 171

Engine coolant gauge ............ 22

Engine cooling system fluid level ................................... 174

Engine oil level ..................... 173

Engine oil

- level check ........................ 173

- technical specifications ..... 202

INDEX

207

SPIE

E M

ESSA

GGI

PLAN

CIA

E CO

MAN

DISI

CURE

ZZA

AVVI

AMEN

TOE

GUID

AIN

EMER

GENZ

AMA

NUTE

NZIO

NEE

CURA

DATI

TECN

ICI

INDI

CEAL

FABE

TICO

Engine

- cranking ........................... 20

- features ............................ 191

- power supply ..................... 192

- identification code ........... 188

Environment protection ......... 94

EOBD (system) ..................... 86

Exterior lights ....................... 62

Fire protection system (FPS).. 72

Fix&GO (quick tyre repair kit) 138

Fluids and lubricants ............ 202

Fog lights


- control buttons ................. 71

FPS (Fire Protection System) 72

Front air bags ........................ 108

- driver's front airbag........... 108

- front airbag passenger side 109

- manually deactivating thepassenger front and side airbag ............................... 110

Fuel cap ................................ 92

Fuel

- consumption...................... 204

- fuel gauge ......................... 21

- inertia fuel switch ............. 72

Fuses .................................... 156

Gearbox (use) ...................... 117

GSI system............................. 87

Hazard warning lights

- controls ............................ 71

Head restraints ..................... 44

Headlamp alignment corrector 84

Headlight beam corrector (electric corrector) .............. 84

Headlights ............................ 84

Identification data ................ 188

Ignition switch ...................... 20

In an emergency .................... 135

Instrument panel ................... 10

Interior ................................. 185

Interior equipment

- card holder ........................ 74

- CD holder compartment with can holder.................. 75

- cup/can holder .................. 74

- current socket.................... 75

- glove compartment ............ 73

- oddment compartments (upper).............................. 73

- oddment shelf on roof........ 74

Isofix child seat ..................... 105

Jack ...................................... 144

Key and door locking kit........ 13

Lancia CODE system ............. 11

Levels

- checking .......................... 171

Lubricants (features) ............. 202

Main beam headlights


- controls ............................ 62

Manual climate control ......... 48

Multifunctional display .........22-25

Number plate light


Oddment compartments (upper) 73On board instruments ........... 21

Parking sensors...................... 90Performance ......................... 199Plates .................................... 188Power socket.......................... 75Power windows ...................... 78Protecting the environment ... 94

Rain sensor ........................... 65Raising the vehicle ................. 162Rear fog light

- bulb replacement ............. 154- control buttons ................. 71

Rear view mirrors ................. 46Rear window washer

- controls ............................ 64- fluid level ......................... 175

Rear window wiperblades ............................... 181- controls ............................ 64- nozzles............................... 182

Rev counters ......................... 21Reversing light

- bulb replacement ............. 154Rims and wheels ................... 194Roof bars ............................. 83Rubber hoses ........................ 180

Safety ................................... 95Seat belts

- general information ......... 100- height adjustment ............. 97- maintenance ..................... 101- S.B.R. system..................... 97- use .................................... 96

Seatbelt tensioners ................ 99Seats ..................................... 38Side air bags ......................... 110Side lights

- bulb replacement .............. 152- controls ............................ 62

Snow chains .......................... 123Spark plugs ........................... 191Speedometer .......................... 21Starting the engine

- bump starting.................... 138

- ignition switch .................. 20

- jump starting .................... 137

- procedure for petrol versions 114

- procedure for Multijet versions ............................ 114

- stopping the engine............ 115

- warming up the engine oncestarted .............................. 115

Starting up and driving ......... 113

Steering lock ......................... 20

Steering wheel adjustment .... 45

Steering ................................. 193

Storing the car ...................... 124

Sun roof ................................ 76

Sun visors ............................. 76

Suspension ............................ 193

Symbols ................................. 11

Technical data ...................... 187

Third brake light


Towing the car ...................... 163

Towing trailers ...................... 119

208

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LSSA

FETY

STAR

TING

AND

DRIV

ING

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MAIN

TENA

NCE

AND

CARE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIF

ICA-

TION

SIN

DEX

209

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DCO

NTRO

LS

SAFE

TYST

ARTI

NGAN

D DR

IVIN

GIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YMA

INTE

NANC

EAN

D CA

RETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFIC

A-TI

ONS

INDI

CEAL

FABE

TICO

Transmission ......................... 192Tyres provided ...................... 179

Warning lights and messages 125Weights ................................. 200Wheel geometry .................... 194Wheels ................................... 194Window wipers

- blades ............................... 181- controls ............................ 64– jets ................................... 182

Windows (cleaning) .............. 182Windscreen washer

- controls ........................... 64- fluid level ......................... 175

Windscreen/rear screen washingfluid level;............................ 175

ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEALING WITH THE CAR AT THE END OF ITSLIFELancia has been committed for many years to safeguarding the environment through the constant improvement of itsproduction processes and manufacturing products that are increasingly compatible with the ecosystem. To assure cu-stomers of the best possible service in terms of respecting environmental laws and in response to European Directive2000/53/EC governing vehicles at the end of their life, Lancia is offering their customers the opportunity of handingover their vehicle* at the end of its life without incurring any additional costs.

The European Directive sets out that when the vehicle is handed over the last keeper or owner should not incur any ex-penses as a result of its market value. In particular, in all European Union countries, until 1st January 2007, vehiclesregistered after 1st July 2002 will be collected free of charge, whilst from 2007 collection will be free of charge irre-spective of the year of registration as long as the vehicle contains its basic components (in particular, the engine andbodywork) and has no additional waste.

To hand your vehicle over at the end of its life without extra cost, go to one of our Lancia dealerships or authorized col-lection and scrapping centres. These centres have been carefully chosen to offer high quality service for the collection,treatment and recycling of unused vehicles with respect to the environment.

You can find further information on these collection and scrapping centres either from a Lancia Dealership or by cal-ling the freephone number 00800 526242 00 or on the Lancia website.

* Vehicle for transporting passengers with a maximum of nine seats with a total permitted weight of 3.5 t

NOTE..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................

FUEL TANK (litres)

ENGINE OIL CHANGE

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURES (bar)

TYRES PROVIDEDTyre size Medium load Full load

Front Rear Front Rear

1.48V - 1.416V 1.3 Multijet 1.6 MultijetReservoir capacity 47 47 47Reserve 5 - 7 5 - 7 5 - 7Refuel with unleaded petrol with an octane rating (RON) of 95 or higher only (EN228 specifications).Refuel diesel vehicles with automotive diesel (Specification EN590).

1.48V 1.416V 1.3 Multijet 1.6 Multijetlitres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg

Engine sump 2.4 2.1 2.5 2.2 2.85 2.5 4.4 3.74Engine sump and filter 2.6 2.25 2.7 2.35 3.0 2.6 4.7 4.0

Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Customer Services - Technical Services - Service EngineeringLargo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)

Print n. 603.81.581 - 03/2009 - 1 edition

185/65 R14 86T 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.3

195/60 R15 88T 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.3

205/50 R16 87V 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.3

135/80 B14 84M 2,8SPACE SAVER SPARE WHEEL125/80 R15 95M 4.2

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.

Documents

603 81 581 MUSA LUM 001-006 1ed GB - Fiat-Lancia Club ...Thanks to this approach, LANCIA Musa has passed very stringent safety tests. It is top in its class and is probably ahead of